طنب

1 طَنِبَ, aor. ـَ inf. n. طَنَبٌ, He (a horse) was long in the back. (O, Msb, TK.) [See طَنَبٌ below: and see also 2.] b2: [And app., in like manner said of a horse, He was long and lax in the hind legs. See, again, طَنَبٌ below.] b3: and It (a spear) was, or became, crooked. (TK.) 2 طنّبهُ, inf. n. تَطْنِيبٌ, He extended it, (K, TA,) namely, a tent, (A, TA,) by means of its أَطْنَاب [or tent-ropes], and tied it, or made it fast. (K, TA.) And طنّب [alone] He stretched his tent-ropes and pitched his tent. (TA voce رَافِضٌ, q. v.) b2: [Hence,] طنّب بِالمَكَانِ, (S, K,) or بِالبَلَدِ, (A,) (tropical:) He remained, stayed, dwelt, or abode, in the place, or in the country or town. (S, A, K.) b3: And طنّب القَوْسَ He attached an إِطْنَابَة [q. v.] to the bow. (TA.) b4: And تَطْنِيبُ السِّقَآءِ means تَطْبِيبُهُ [q. v.], (K,) i. e. The hanging the milk-skin to a pole of the tent, and then agitating it to produce the butter. (AA, TA.) A2: طنّب said of a horse, He was long in the مَتْن [i. e. the back, or the portion of flesh and sinew on either side of the back-bone]. (S, O. [See also 1.]) A3: And, said of a wolf, He howled. (K.) 3 طَانَبْتُهُمْ فِى المَحَالِّ I had my tent-ropes (طُنُبِى) next to theirs in the places of alighting. (A.) 4 اطنبت الرِّيحُ, (inf. n. إِطْنَابٌ, Msb,) The wind blew violently, and was accompanied with dust. (S, O, Msb, K.) b2: And hence, اطنب said of a man, (Msb,) inf. n. as above, (TA,) (assumed tropical:) He exerted himself much, or beyond measure, or to the utmost, or was extravagant, or immoderate, (Msb, TA,) and profuse, (TA,) in praising or blaming: (Msb, TA:) or اطنت فِى

الكَلَامِ he so exerted himself, or was extravagant or immoderate, in speech: (S, O, TA:) or he was eloquent in description, whether praising or blaming; (K, TA;) and so in speech: (TA:) and اطنب فِى الوَصْفِ he exerted himself much, or beyond measure, or to the utmost, in description. (IAmb, TA.) And اطنب فِى عَدْوِهِ (assumed tropical:) He exerted himself much, or beyond measure, or to the utmost, in his runnning. (IAmb, TA.) b3: اطنبت الإِبِلُ (assumed tropical:) The camels followed one another in journeying. (S, O, K.) b4: And اطنب النَّهْرُ (assumed tropical:) The river went [or flowed] far away. (K.) طُنْبٌ: see طُنُبٌ.

طَنَبٌ inf. n. of 1 [q. v.]. (O, Msb, TK.) Length in the back of a horse; (A, O, Msb, K;) which is a fault (A, O, Msb, K, TA) in the male, but not in the female: (TA:) one says, فِيهِ طَنَبٌ (A) or فِى ظَهْرِهِ طَنَبٌ (TA) In him is length in the back (A) or in his back is length. (TA.) And Length in the kind legs [of a horse], together with laxness. (K, TA.) b2: And Crookedness in a spear. (S, O, K.) طُنُبٌ (S, A, O, L, Msb, K) and ↓ طُنْبٌ (L, TA) A tent-rope: (Ham p. 687:) a rope with which the خَيْمَة and the like are tied, or made fast: (Msb:) a rope of the خِبَآء (S, O, L, TA) and of the سُرَادِق [q. v.] and the like: (L, TA:) a long rope with which the سرادق of the tent is tied, or made fast; (A, K, TA;) or, as in the M, with which the tent and the سرادق are tied, or made fast, [extending] between the ground and the طَرَائِق [pl. of طَرِيقَةٌ, q. v.]: (TA:) and also a وَتِد [app. meaning a tent-peg]; thus in the K, and the like is said in the M; those who make الوَتِدُ in the K to be conjoined with سرادق [as though the author meant that طنب signifies a long rope with which the سرادق of the tent, and the peg, are tied, or made fast,] being in error: (TA: [but in my opinion, this reading which is disallowed in the TA is more probably correct than the other: in the CK, and in my MS. copy of the K, instead of وَالوَتِدُ, we find او الوتد: in a copy of the A, او الوَتِرُ, an obvious mistranscription:]) the pl. is أَطْنَابٌ (S, O, Msb, K) and طِنَبَةٌ; (K;) and some of the lexicologists assert that طُنُبٌ is used as a sing. like عُنُقٌ, and as a pl. like كُتُبٌ; (MF, TA;) and Ibn-es-Sarráj says, in one place of his book, that it has no other pl. than أَطْنَابٌ; but in another place he says that it has this pl. accord. to those who give it a pl., thus giving to understand that there is a difference of opinion as to the plural's being allowable, and that it is used in one form as sing. and pl., which is the case: (Msb, TA:) the أَطْنَاب are the أَوَاخِىّ [pl. of آخِيَّةٌ], i. e. the long ropes of the أَخْبِيَة [pl. of خِبَآء]; the short ropes being called أُصُرٌ, sing. إِصَارٌ: the former are the ropes with which the tent is tied, or made fast, between the ground and the طَرَائِق. (TA.) As an instance of a tropical usage, (A, TA,) it is related that when El-Ash'ath contracted marriage with a woman, (A, Nh, O, Msb, L,) namely, Meleekeh Bint-Zurárah, (Nh, Msb, L,) on the terms upon which she should decide, (A, Nh, O, &c.,) and she decided upon a hundred thousand dirhems, (A, Nh, Msb, L,) رَدَّهَا عُمَرُ إِلَى أَطْنَابِ بَيْتِهَا, meaning (tropical:) ' Omar reduced her to the dowry of the like of her among the women of her family; (A, Nh, O, Msb, L;) [lit., to the ropes of her tent, or to the tent-ropes of her family;] i. e., to the ground whereon was built the condition of her family, and over which their tent-ropes extended. (Nh, L.) And another tropical usage occurs in the saying, مَا بَيْنَ طُنُبَىِ المَدِينَةِ أَحْوَجُ مِنِّى إِلَيْهَا, (TA,) a saying ascribed to the Prophet, (O,) meaning (tropical:) What is between the two extremities, (O, TA,) and the two sides, (TA,) of the city is more in need of it than I. (O, TA.) b2: [Hence,] (tropical:) A sinew, or tendon, (S, O, K,) or ligament, (M, A,) of the body, (S, M, O, K,) that ties the joints and bones: (M:) pl. أَطْنَابٌ. (M, A.) أَطْنَابُ الأَصَابِعِ means (tropical:) The tendons of the fingers, [or the interossei,] on the outer side of the hand, extended above the سُلَامَى, from the wrist to the lowest parts of the fingers. (A, * and TA voce أَشْجَعُ, q. v.) b3: And (assumed tropical:) A certain tendon in the uppermost part of the chest: (K, TA:) [or,] accord. to the L, the طُنُبَتَانِ [or طُنُبَانِ?] are two tendons [or the sterno-mastoïdes] next the pit of the throat, that extend, or stretch, when a man turns his head aside. (TA.) b4: and (tropical:) The root of a tree: (S, A, O, K:) pl. أَطْنَابٌ: (A:) or this (the pl.) signifies the minor roots that branch off from the root-stock or main body of the root. (TA.) You say, تَقَبَّضَتْ أَطْنَابُهَا (tropical:) [Its roots contracted;] meaning it was planted. (A.) b5: And أَطْنَابُ الشَّمْسِ (tropical:) The rays, or beams, of the sun, that extend like sinews, or tendons, at the time of its rising. (TA.) You say, مَدَّتِ الشَّمْسُ أَطْنَابَهَا [and اِمْتَدَّتْ أَطْنَابُهَا] (tropical:) [The sun extended its beams and its beams became extended], meaning the sun rose. (A.) b6: See also إِطْنَابَةٌ.

طَنِيبٌ: see مُطَانِبٌ.

أَطْنَبُ Having the quality termed طَنَبٌ; long in the back; [&c.;] (A, O, Msb, K;) applied to a horse: (A, O, Msb:) fem. طَنْبَآءُ. (Msb, K.) إِطْنَابَةٌ A مِظَلَّة; (S, O, K, TA; [in one of my copies of the S مُظِلَّة, and in the CK مَظَلَّة, but, as is said in the TA, it is with kesr;]) meaning a large tent of [goats'] hair. (KL.) A2: And A thong at the head of the bow-string; (As, TA;) a thong that is bound to the end of the string of the Arabian bow: (S, O:) or the thong that is at the lower curved extremity of the bow and that binds the string to the notch: (TA:) or, as also ↓ طُنُبٌ, a thong that is connected with the bowstring, and then wound round the كُظْر, (K, TA,) which is the notch of the bow, into which the ring of the bow-string goes. (TA.) b2: And A thong, or strap, that is bound to the end of the girth, as an aid to its [main] strap when it becomes loose, or unsteady: (TA:) or a thong, or strap, of the girth, that is tied in a knot to the buckle: pl. أَطَانِيبُ. (O, TA.) En-Nábighah [Edh-Dhubyánee (O)] says, (O, TA,) describing horses, and the same words occur in a verse of Selámeh, (TA,) يَرْكُضْنَ قَدْ قَلِقَتْ عُقْدُ الأَطَانِيبِ which is said to mean, [Striking the ground with their hoofs,] the knots of the breast-girths (الأَلْبَاب and الحُزُم) having become loose. (O, TA. [عُقْدُ is here put for عُقَدُ for the sake of the metre.]) b3: One says also خَيْلٌ أَطَانِيبُ, (O,) and غَارَاتٌ

أَطَانِيبُ, (A, O,) meaning (tropical:) [Horses or horsemen, and horsemen making a raid,] following one another (A, O) continuously, without [visible] end. (A.) And رَأَيْتُ إِطْنَابَةً مِنْ خَيْلٍ and مِنْ طَيْرٍ (assumed tropical:) [I saw a number following one another of horses or horsemen and of birds]. (O.) مَطْنَبٌ The shoulder, syn. مَنْكِب; and the part between the shoulder-joint and the neck, syn. عَاتِق: (S, O, K:) and accord. to a marginal note in a copy of the L, ↓ مِطْنَبٌ signifies the same: (TA:) pl. مَطَانِبُ. (S, O.) b2: Also, with the article, i. q. حَبْلُ العَاتِقِ: [see حَبْلٌ and عَاتِقٌ:] pl. as above. (TA.) مُطْنِبٌ [part. n. of 4, q. v. As such signifying] (assumed tropical:) A great praiser of every one. (TA.) b2: and نَهْرٌ مُطْنِبٌ (tropical:) A river that goes [or flows] far away. (A, O.) [See also مُطَنِّبٌ.]

مِطْنَبٌ: see مَطْنَبٌ.

مُطَنَّبٌ A tent, (بَيْت, O, or خِبَآء, S,) and a رِوَاق, (S,) tied, or made fast, with أَطْنَاب [or tentropes]. (S, O.) A man is related to have said to Ubeí Ibn-Kaab, in reply to the latter's advising him to buy a beast to convey him to the place of prayer of the Prophet, مَا أَحِبُّ أَنْ بَيْتِى

مُطَنَّبٌ بِبَيْتِ مُحَمَّدٍ i. e. [I do not like] that my tent should be tied with tent-ropes to the tent of Mohammad: as though he reckoned upon a reward for his many foot-steps to the mosque. (O.) b2: And قَوْسٌ مُطَنَّبَةٌ A bow having an إِطْنَابَة [q. v.] attached to it. (TA.) عَسْكَرٌ مُطَنِّبٌ [perhaps correctly مُطْنِبٌ, q. v.,] (assumed tropical:) An army of which the remotest part is not seen, by reason of its multitude. (TA. [See also what next follows.]) جَيْشٌ مِطْنَابٌ (assumed tropical:) A great army; (K;) an army of which the two extremities are far apart, that is not near to ending. (O, TA. [See also what next precedes.]) مُطَانِبٌ and ↓ طَنِيبٌ, of which latter the pl. is طَنَائِبُ, signify the same; the latter having the meaning assigned to the former in what here follows. (TA.) One says, هُوَ جَارِى مُطَانِبِى He is my neighbour whose ropes (طُنُب) of his tent are next to those of my tent. (Sh, A, O, K. *) حَىٌّ مُتَطَانِبٌ [A tribe of which the ropes of the tents, and therefore the tents themselves, are near together: see the next preceding paragraph]. (A.)

سلم

1 سَلِمَ, [aor. ـَ inf. n. سَلَامَةٌ (S, M, A, Mgh, Msb, K) and سَلَامٌ (A, TA) and سَلَمٌ and سَلْمٌ and سِلْمٌ, (Bd in xxxix. 30,) He was, or became, safe, or secure; or he escaped; (M, TA;) or he was, or became, free; (TA;) مِنَ الآفَاتِ [from evils of any kind], (S, Mgh,) or مِنَ الآفَةِ [from evil of any kind], (K,) or مِنَ البَلَآءِ [from trial, or affliction], (A, TA,) or مِنَ الأَمْرِ [from the affair]: (M:) he (a traveller) was, or became, safe, secure, or free, from evils of any kind: (Msb:) and سَلِمَ مِنَ العَيْبِ he was, or became, free from fault, defect, imperfection, blemish, or vice; syn. بَرِئَ. (Msb in art. برأ.) [Hence,] one says, لَا بِذِى تَسْلَمُ مَا كَانَ

گَذَا وَكَذَا, (ISk, S, K, *) meaning No, by God [or Him] who maketh thee to be in safety, (ISk, S, K,) [such and such things were not;] and to two persons لا بذى تَسْلَمَانِ, and to a pl. number لا بذى تَسْلَمُونَ, and to a female لا بذى تَسْلَمِينَ, and to a pl. number [of females] لا بذى تَسْلَمْنَ. (ISk, S, K. *) And لَا أَفْعَلُ ذٰلِكَ بِذِى تَسْلَمُ, meaning, بِذِى سَلَامَتِكِ [i. e. I will not do that, by the Author (lit. Lord or Master) of thy safety]; and in like manner, بذى تَسْلَمَانِ, and بذى تَسْلَمُونَ. (Sb, M. [See also ذو.]) And اِذْهَبْ بِذِى تَسْلَمُ, i. e. اِذْهَبْ بِسَلَامَتِكَ [Go thou with thy safety; or, with the Author of thy safety to protect thee; meaning go thou in safety]; and [to two persons]

اِذْهَبَا بِذِى تَسْلَمَانِ. (S, K.) ذى is thus prefixed to a verb [as virtually governing it in the gen. case] like as آيَة is in an instance mentioned under this latter word; but these are two extr. instances; for only a noun significant of time is [regularly] prefixed to a verb, as in the phrase هٰذَا يَوْمُ يُفْعَلُ, meaning يُفْعَلُ فِيهِ: (Akh, S:) it is not prefixed to any but this verb تَسْلَمُ [and its variations as above mentioned]. (Sb, M, K.) b2: And hence, (Mgh,) one says also, سَلِمَتْ لَهُ الضَّيْعَةُ, meaning [The landed estate] was, or became, free from participation to him; syn. خَلَصَت. (Mgh, TA.) A2: سلمهُ, [app. سَلَمَهُ, or perhaps سَلِمَهُ, for some verbs of this measure are trans., as حَسِبَ and وَرِثَ,] inf. n. سلم, [app. سَلَمٌ, q. v. infrà,] He made him a captive. (TA.) A3: سَلَمَتْهُ الحَيَّةُ, (TA,) inf. n. سَلْمٌ, (M, K, TA,) The serpent bit him: (M, * K, * TA:) mentioned by Az, but he adds that no one but Lth has said this. (TA.) A4: سَلَمَ الجِلْدَ, aor. ـِ (S, K,) inf. n. سَلْمٌ, (TA,) He tanned the skin with [قَرَظ, i. e. leaves of] the سَلَم [or mimosa flava]. (S, K, TA.) b2: سَلَمَ الدَّلْوَ, (M, K,) aor. ـِ inf. n. سَلْمٌ, (M,) He finished making the leathern bucket; and made it firm, strong, or sound, or made it firmly, strongly, or soundly. (M, K.) 2 سلّمهُ, (S, M, Msb, K,) inf. n. تَسْلِيمٌ, (K,) He (God) made him to be safe, secure, or free; saved, secured, or freed, him; (M, Msb, TA;) مِنَ الآفَاتِ [from evils of any kind], (S, Msb,) or مِنَ الآفَةِ [from evil of any kind], (K,) or مِنَ الأَمْرِ [from the affair]. (M.) [Freytag assigns the same meaning to ↓ اسلمهُ also, as on the authority of the Ham; in which I find no explanation of this verb except one which will be found later in this paragraph.] b2: [Hence,] التَّسْلِيمُ is also syn. with السَّلَامُ, (S, K, TA,) as meaning The saluting, or greeting, one with a prayer for his safety, or security, or freedom, from evils of any kind in his religion and in his person; and the interpretation thereof is [the expressing a desire for] التَّخْلِيصٌ; (Mbr, TA;) or the saluting, or greeting, one with a prayer for his life; or, by saying سَلَامٌ عَلَيْكَ [q. v. infrà, voce سَلَامٌ]; syn. التَّحِيَّةُ. (TA.) You say, سَلَّمَ عَلَيْهِ [meaning He so saluted, or greeted, him]. (M, Msb.) [This, when said of God, virtually means سَلَّمَهُ, i. e. He saved him; and should be rendered agreeably with this explanation in the phrase commonly used after the mention of the Prophet, صَلَّى اللّٰهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ May God bless and save him. You say also, سَلَّمَ عَلَيْهِ بِالخِلَافَةِ He saluted him with the acknowledgment of his being Khaleefeh; saying, سَلَامٌ عَلَيْكَ يَا أَمِيرَ المُؤْمِنِينَ Salutation to thee, or peace be on thee, &c., O Prince of the Faithful.] التَّسْلِيمَةُ signifies The salutation that is pronounced on finishing every two rek'ahs in prayer: (Har p. 180:) [and also that which is pronounced after the last rek'ah of each of the prayers (i. e. after the sunneh prayers and the fard alike), addressed to the two guardian and recording angels: (see my “ Modern Egyptians,” ch. iii., p. 78 of the 5th ed.:) and سَلَّمَ means He pronounced either of those salutations.] b3: [Hence also,] سلّم إِلَيْهِ الشَّىْءَ, (S, K, *) inf. n. as above; (K;) and ↓ اسلم اليه الشىءَ; (M;) He gave to him the thing; (S, * M, K;) or delivered it to him: (M:) [he resigned it to him:] and سلّم إِلَيْهِ الوَدِيعَةَ, (Mgh,) or سلّم الوَدِيعَةَ لِصَاحِبِهَا, He delivered the deposit [to him, or] to its owner: (Msb:) and ↓ اسلم الثَّوْبَ إِلَى الخَيَّاطِ (Mgh) signifies the same as سلّمهُ إِلَيْهِ [i. e. He delivered the garment, or piece of cloth, to the tailor]. (Har p. 166.) b4: See also 4, in two places. b5: You say also, سلّم الأَجِيرُ نَفْسَهُ لِلْمُسْتَأْجِرِ The hired man gave himself up, or gave authority over himself, to the hirer. (Msb.) And ↓ أَسْلَمْتُهُ and سَلَّمْتُهُ I left him in the power of him who desired to kill him or to wound him. (Ham p. 115.) And لِلْهَلَكَةِ ↓ اسلمهُ [He gave him up to destruction]: in this case with [the prep.] ل only. (Har p. 166.) and الرَّجُلَ ↓ اسلم, (S, * M, Msb, *) or العَدُوَّ, (K,) He left, forsook, or deserted, (M, K,) the man, (S, * M, Msb, *) or the enemy; (K;) or abstained from aiding, or assisting, him; (S, M, Msb, K;) and threw him into destruction. (IAth, TA.) and لِمَا بِهِ ↓ اسلمهُ He left him [to that bane which was in him: app. referring to the bite of a serpent, or any evil affection: see سَلِيمٌ, third sentence]. (S, * M.) b6: And سلّم أَمْرَهُ إِلَى اللّٰهِ and ↓ اسلمهُ, both meaning the same, (S, Msb, K, TA,) i. e. He committed his case to God. (TA.) b7: And سلّم الدَّعْوَى He acknowledged the truth [or justice] of the claim, demand, or suit; [he conceded its truth or justice;] from سلّم الوَدِيعَةَ لِصَاحِبِهَا, expl. above; denoting an ideal delivering [or yielding of a thing to another person]. (Msb.) [Hence one says, سلّم أَنَّهُ كَذَا He conceded that it was thus.] b8: And التَّسْلِيمُ signifies also [The assenting, or] the giving [one's] approval (S, K, TA) unreservedly, (S,) to that which is ordained, or decreed, (S, K, TA,) by God; and the submitting to his commands; and the abstaining from offering opposition in the case in which it is not becoming [to do so]. (TA.) You say, سلّم لِأَمْرِ اللّٰهِ He assented to the command of God: [or he gave his approval to it:] or he submitted to it; as also ↓ اسلم. (MA.) 3 سالمهُ, (M, Msb,) inf. n. مُسَالَمَةٌ (S, M, Msb) and سِلَامٌ, (M, Msb,) He made peace, or became at peace or reconciled, with him; or he reconciled himself with him: [implying mutual concession, or a compromise:] (S, * M, Msb:) and سَالَمَا They made peace, or became at peace or reconciled, or they reconciled themselves, each with the other. (K.) 4 أَسْلَمَ see 2, in nine places. [The first of the meanings there assigned to this verb is, in my opinion, more than doubtful. In all its senses, it seems to be properly trans.: when it is used as an intrans. verb, an objective complement is app. understood. Thus,] أَسْلَمَ is syn. with أَسْلَفَ [as meaning He paid in advance, or beforehand]; (S, M, Mgh, Msb;) الثَّمَنَ [the price] being suppressed, though sometimes it is expressed; (Mgh;) as also ↓ سلّم; (M;) and ↓ تسلّم, as occurring in a trad., where it is said, مَنْ تَسَلَّمَ فِى شَىْءٍ فَلَا يَصْرِفُهُ إِلَى غَيْرِهِ [Whoso pays in advance for a thing, he shall not turn it over, or transfer it, to another than him]; but KT says that he had not heard this verb thus used except in this instance. (TA.) So the first of these verbs signifies in the saying, اسلم فِى الطَّعَامِ (S) or فى البُرِّ (Mgh) [He paid in advance for the wheat], and فى الشَّىْءِ [for the thing], as also ↓ سلّم. (M.) and hence the saying, إِذَا أَسْلَمَ صُوفًا فِى لِبْدٍ أَوْ شَعَرًا فِى

مِسْحٍ لَمْ يَجُزْ [If he give in advance wool for felt, or goats' hair for a garment, or piece, of haircloth, it will not be allowable]. (Mgh.) And so in the phrase, أَسْلَمْتُ إِلَيْهِ [I paid in advance to him]. (Msb.) b2: Also [He resigned, or submitted, himself; نَفْسَهُ being understood: or] he was, or became, resigned, or submissive; (M, K;) and so ↓ استسلم: (S, M, Msb, K:) you say, اسلم لِلّٰهِ [He resigned, or submitted, himself, or he was, or became, resigned, or submissive, to God: see also an ex. (before referred to) in the last sentence of the second paragraph: or he was, or became, sincere in his religion, or without hypocrisy, towards God: see مُسْلِمٌ]: (Msb:) [or]

اسلم signifies he entered into السِّلْم, (S, Msb,) which here means الاِسْتِسْلَام [i. e. the state of resignation, or submission]. (S.) b3: And He became a Muslim; as also ↓ تسلّم; (M, * K;) as in the saying, كَانَ كَافِرًا ثُمَّ تَسَلَّمَ, i. e. أَسْلَمَ [He was an unbeliever, or a denier of the unity of God, &c.; then he became a Muslim]: (M:) or he entered [the pale, or communion, of] the religion of الإِسْلَام. (S, * Msb.) الإِسْلَامُ as a principle of the law of God is The manifesting of humility or submission, and outward conforming with the law of God, and the taking upon oneself to do or to say as the Prophet has done or said: for this, the blood is to be spared, and one may demand the repelling of evil: (T, * M:) and if there is therewith firm belief with the heart, it is إِيمَانٌ: (T:) this is the doctrine of Esh-Sháfi'ee; but the doctrine of Aboo-Haneefeh makes no difference between these two terms: (KT:) [agreeably with the former doctrine,] Th well and briefly says, الاسلام is with the tongue, and الايمان is with the heart: and he says, in explaining verse 48 of ch. v. of the Kur, that every prophet has been sent with الاسلام, though the ordinances differ. (M.) b4: One says also, أَسْلَمْتُ عَنْهُ, meaning I left it [app. an affair, as in an explanation in the TK,] after I had been [engaged] in it. (Ibn-Buzurj, K.) And اسلم occurs intransitively in the saying, كَانَ رَاعِىَ غَنَمٍ ثُمَّ

أَسْلَمَ, meaning [He was a pastor of sheep, or goats; then] he left them. (M.) b5: [Freytag assigns to اسلم another signification “ Adscendere fecit (vid. a سُلَّم),” as from the Ham, p. 39: but this is app. a mistake, into which he has been led by a saying, there cited, of Zuheyr, which I read thus: هَوِىَّ الدَّلْوِ أَسْلَمَهَا الرِّشَآءُ (meaning, The descent, or as the descent, of the bucket that the well-rope has let go): and by its being there said that “ you should not prefer any reading of هوى to that with damm, though it has been said otherwise: ” whereas the correct reading is, in my opinion, هَوِىّ, agreeably with what here follows:] Er-Riyáshee says, on the authority of Az, that الهَوِىُّ, with fet-h, is downwards; and with damm, upwards; and he cites the saying above as an ex. of the word as meaning downwards. (TA in art. هوى.) 5 تسلّم مِنْهُ He asserted, or declared, himself to be free from, or clear of, or quit of, it, or him. (M.) b2: تسلّم is also syn. with أُسْلَمَ, in two senses: see the latter, in two places.

A2: and تسلّمهُ signifies He took it, or received it; namely, a thing given, or delivered. (S, M, Msb, K.) 6 تسالموا, (M,) and تسالما, (K,) inf. n. تَسَالُمٌ, (S,) They, (M,) or they two, (K,) made peace, or became at peace or reconciled, (S, * M, K,) one with another, (S, M,) or each with the other. (S, K.) [See also 8.] b2: One says of a man, (M,) of a great, or frequent, liar, (TA,) لَا تَسَالَمُ خَيْلَاهُ, [for تَتَسَالَمُ,] (M,) or لَا يَتَسَالَمُ خَيْلَاهُ, (K, TA,) [(assumed tropical:) His two troops of horses will not agree in pace, each with the other;] meaning (tropical:) [his assertions will not be found to agree together; or] he will not say what is true, so that it may be accepted from him: for تَسَالَمَتْ, said of horses, means (assumed tropical:) they kept pace, one with another; (تَسَايَرَتْ [q. v.];) not exciting one another. (M, K, TA.) 8 استلم He became at peace, or reconciled. (TA.) Hence the saying, (TA,) هُوَ لَا يَسْتَلَمُ عَلَى

سَخَطِهِ He will not become at peace, or reconciled, during his displeasure at a thing. (K, TA.) [See also 6.] b2: استلم الزَّرْعُ The seed-produce put forth its ears. (K.) A2: استلم الحَجَرَ He touched, (S, K,) or reached, (Mgh,) the stone, [meaning the Black Stone of the Kaabeh,] by kissing, or with the hand: (S, Mgh, K:) or he wiped it, or stroked it, with the hand: (Mgh:) or he kissed the stone: or he embraced it: (M:) and اِسْتَلْأَمَهُ signifies the same; (M, K;) but is not the original: (M:) accord. to ISk, the Arabs pronounced it with hemz, contr. to analogy; (Msb;) or it should not be pronounced with hemz, though some thus pronounce it, (S,) the original being استلم, (ISk, Msb,) because it is from سِلَامٌ [pl. of سَلِمَةٌ] signifying “ stones,” (ISk, S, * M, Msb, * [in the Mgh, from سَلِمَةٌ signifying “ a stone,” and in the Msb the pl. of سَلِمَةٌ is said to be سَلَامٌ, like كَلَامٌ,]) accord. to Sb, who says that it does not denote the act of taking; (M;) or, accord. to Sb, it is from السَّلَامُ, with fet-h, meaning “ salutation,” and it means the touching with the hand by way of salutation in order to obtain a blessing thereby: (TA:) but accord. to IAar, the original is with hemz, from المُلَآءَمَةُ, meaning الاِجْتِمَاعُ [“ the coming together,” &c., because denoting contact]. (Msb.) Abu-t-Tufeyl is related to have said, رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللّٰهِ صَلَّى اللّٰهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَطُوفُ عَلَى رَاحِلَتِهِ يَسْتَلِمُ بِمِحْجَنِهِ وَيُقَبِّلُ المِحْجَنَ [i. e. I saw the Apostle of God (may God bless and save him) circuiting around the Kaabeh, upon his camel, touching the Black Stone with his hooked staff, and kissing the hooked staff]. (TA.) The primary signification of الاِسْتِلَامُ is [said to be] The wiping, or stroking, the سَلِمَة, i. e. the stone: afterwards it was used in relation to other things, and one said اِسْتَلَمْتُ يَدَهَا, meaning I stroked, or kissed, her hand. (Har pp. 30 and 31.) b2: استلم الخُفُّ قَدَمَيْهِ means The boot rendered his feet soft [after he had been accustomed to walking barefoot]. (TA.) 10 إِسْتَسْلَمَ see 4, in the former half of the paragraph.

A2: استسلم ثَكَمَ الطَّرِيقِ He went upon the middle of the road, not missing it. (K, * TA. [In the CK, after واسْتَسْلَمَ انقادَ, for وثَكَمَ الطَّرِيقِ, meaning واستسلم ثَكَمَ الطَّرِيقِ, is erroneously put وتَسَلَّمَ الطَّرِيقَ, assigning to تسلّم a meaning belonging to استسلم.]) Q. Q. 2 تَمَسْلَمَ [from مُسْلِمٌ] He named, or called, himself a Muslim; or he named himself Muslim; his name having before been Mohammad: (M, K:) mentioned by Er-Ru-ásee. (M.) سَلْمٌ: see the next paragraph, in six places.

A2: Also A leathern bucket (دَلْوٌ) having one عُرْوَة [or loop-shaped handle], (T, S, M, K,) with which the waterer walks, like the buckets (دِلَآء) of the attendants of the camels or other beasts upon which water is drawn or which carry water, (T, TA,) or like the دَلْو of the water-carriers: (S, K:) expl. in the S as above as on the authority of AA; but IB says that the correct explanation is, having one عَرْقُوَة [or stick fixed across from one part of the brim to the to the opposite part, serving as a handle as well as to keep it from collapsing]: (TA:) of the masc. gender [whereas دَلْوٌ is fem.]: (M:) pl. [of pauc.] أَسْلُمٌ and [of mult.] سِلَامٌ, (M, K,) and Lh mentions as its pl. أَسَالِمُ, which is extr. [unless as a pl. pl., i. e. pl. of أَسْلُمٌ]. (M.) سِلْمٌ Peace, or reconciliation; as also ↓ سَلْمٌ; (S, M, Msb, K;) masc. and fem.; (S, Msb, K; *) and ↓ سَلَمٌ and ↓ سَلَامٌ are like سِلْمٌ [in signification]: (M: [the context there shows that the signification mentioned above is what is meant in this instance:]) or سِلْمٌ signifies the making peace, or becoming at peace or reconciled, with another or others; (Ham p. 80;) as also ↓ سَلْمٌ; and both are sometimes fem. as being syn. with مُصَالَحَةٌ. (L voce جَنَحَ, q. v.) In the saying of El-Aashà, أَذَاقَتْهُمُ الحَرْبُ أَنْفَاسَهَا

↓ وَقَدْ تُكْرَهُ الحَرْبُ بَعْدَ السِّلِمْ [War made them, or has made them, to taste its draughts, and verily war is disliked after peace], he has transferred the vowel of the م to the ل, in pausing; or it may be that he has inserted a kesreh in imitation of the preceding kesreh: it is not an instance like إِبِل, in the opinion of Sb; for in his opinion the latter is the only instance of its kind. (M.) It is said in a trad., respecting El-Hodeybiyeh, أَخَذَ ثَمَانِينَ مِنْ أَهْلِ مَكَّةَ سِلْمًا, or ↓ سَلْمًا, or ↓ سَلَمًا, accord. to different relations, meaning [He took forty of the people of Mekkeh] peaceably: thus expl. by El-Homeydee, in his “ Ghareeb. ” (TA. [See also سَلَمٌ below.]) b2: Also i. q. ↓ سَلَامٌ, (S, K, TA,) as signifying Selfresignation, or submission; (TA; [and thus the latter is expl. in one place in the S;]) which is also a signification of ↓ سَلَمٌ: (S, M, K, TA:) and this is meant in the Kur [iv. 96], where it is said, لَسْتَ مُؤْمِنًا ↓ وَلَا تَقُولُوا لِمَنْ أَلْقَى إِلَيْكُمُ السَّلَامَ, (Bd, TA,) or ↓ السَّلَمَ, as some read, (Bd,) [i. e. and say not ye to him who offers to you submission, Thou art not a believer:] or ↓ السَّلَامَ here means the salutation of الإِسْلَام [by saying سَلَامٌ عَلَيْكُمْ]: (Bd, TA: *) or salutation, and submission by uttering the profession of الإِسْلَام; and so ↓ السَّلَمَ: (Jel:) [or the latter here means, simply, salutation; and this is app. what is meant by its being said that] السَّلَمُ is the subst. from التَّسْلِيمُ; (K;) [but accord. to SM,] this means the unreserved approval of what is decreed; and this is said to be meant by the reading السَّلَمَ mentioned above. (TA.) b3: And [hence] السِّلْمُ signifies also الإِسْلَامُ [as meaning The religion of the Muslims; because it is a religion of self-resignation, or submission]: (S, K:) this is meant in the Kur [ii. 204], where it is said, اُدْخُلُوا فِى السِّلْمِ كَافَّةً

[Enter ye into the religion of El-Islám wholly]; (S, Bd, Jel;) and so ↓ السَّلْمِ, as some there read; (Bd, Jel;) or both there mean submission and obedience to God: (Bd:) [and] ↓ السَّلَمُ [also] has the former meaning. (M.) A2: Also, (S, M, K,) and ↓ سَلْمٌ, (M,) A man, (S, K, TA,) [and] a woman, (M,) who makes peace, or is at peace, with another; (S, M, K;) and in like manner, a company of men (قَوْمٌ). (M.) This is said to be meant in the Kur [xxxix. 30], where it is said, وَرَجْلًا سِلْمًا لِرَجُلٍ, as some read, i. e. And a man who is at peace with respect to a man: (TA:) or سِلْمًا and ↓ سَلْمًا and ↓ سَلَمًا, three different readings, in the place of [the more common reading]

سَالِمًا, are all inf. ns. of سَلِمَ, used as epithets [syn. with سَالِمًا], or ذَا is suppressed before them. (Bd.) You say, أَنَا سِلْمٌ لِمَنْ سَالَمَنِى [I am one who is at peace with respect to him who is at peace with me]. (S, TA.) And a poet says, [using this word in two different senses, the latter of which has been mentioned above,] لِأَهْلِكِ فَاقْبَلِى سِلْمِى أَنَائِلُ إِنَّنِى سِلْمٌ [O Náïleh, (نَائِلُ being for نَائِلَةٌ, a woman's name, apocopated,) verily I am one who is at peace with respect to thy family, therefore accept thou my submission]. (TA. [It seems to be there indicated by the context that سلمى here means my peace, or reconciliation; which is less appropriate than the meaning that I have assigned to it.]) سَلَمٌ: see سَلَامٌ: and see also سِلْمٌ, in seven places. b2: Also, in buying or selling, (Msb,) the subst. from أَسْلَمَ فِى الشَّىْءِ and سَلَّمَ signifying

أَسْلَفَ, (M,) i. q. سَلَفٌ; (S, Msb, K;) i. e. Any money, or property, paid in advance, or beforehand, as the price of a commodity for which the seller has become responsible and which one has bought on description: (T and TA in art. سلف:) or payment for a commodity to be delivered at a certain [future] period with something additional to [the equivalent of] the current price at the time of such payment; this [transaction] being a cause of profit to him who makes such payment: (TA in that art.:) or a sort of sale in which the price is paid in advance, and the commodity is withheld, on the condition of description, to a certain [future] period: (S and O in that art., in explanation of سَلَفٌ:) but it is said in a trad. that the term سَلَمٌ as meaning سَلَفٌ was disliked; app. because the former is applied to obedience, and self-resignation, or submission, to God. (TA.) A2: And The making [one] captive. (K. [See 1, in the latter part of the paragraph.]) A3: And A captive; (K;) because he submits himself. (TA.) One says, أَخَذَهُ سَلَمًا, (M, TA, [in the TK بِالسَّلَمِ,]) He took him [a captive], (TA,) or made him captive, (M,) without war: (M, TA:) or he brought him in a state of submission, not resisting; and so, if wounded: (IAar, M, TA:) and thus El-Khattábee has expl. the phrase in the trad. respecting El-Hodeybiyeh cited above, voce سِلْمٌ. (TA.) A4: Also A sort of tree, (S, M, Msb, K,) [the mimosa flava of Forskål, who writes its Arabic name in Italic characters syllæm, and in Arabic characters سليم, (Flora Aegypt. Arab., p. cxxiii.,)] a species (M) of the [kind of thorny trees called] عِضَاه, (S, M, Mgh, Msb, TA, [not غَضَاة, as in the Lexicons of Golius and Freytag,]) the leaves whereof are the قَرَظ, with which skin is tanned: (TA:) AHn says, its branches are long, like rods; and it has no wood such as is used in carpentry, even if it grows large: it has slender, long thorns, grievous when they wound the foot of a man; and a yellow [fruit such as is termed] بَرَمَة [n. un. of بَرَمٌ, see this word, and see also حُبْلَةٌ,] which is the sweetest of the بَرَم in odour; and they tan with its leaves: and it is said, on the authority of the Arabs of the desert, that it has a yellow flower, containing a green grain (حَبَّة خَضْرَآء [or this may mean a grain of a dark, or an ashy, dustcolour]), of sweet odour, in which is somewhat of bitterness, and of which the gazelles are very fond: (M:) the n. un. is with ة: (S, M, Mgh, Msb, K:) and pl. أَسْلَامٌ, (M,) and سِلَامٌ is said by IB to be pl. of the n. un., like as إِكَامٌ is of أَكَمَةٌ. (TA.) [Hence,] ذَاتُ أَسْلَامٍ A land (أَرْض) that gives growth to the [trees called] سَلَم. (K.) See also سلَمَان.

سَلِمٌ Stones; (S, M;) as also ↓ سِلَامٌ: (M:) and ↓ سَلِمَةٌ [as n. un. of the former and sing. of the latter, (incorrectly written by Freytag, in one place, سَلَمَةٌ, and incorrectly said by him to be of the dial. of the people of Himyer,)] signifies a stone: (S, M, Mgh, Msb:) [or] the pl. [or quasipl. n.] of سَلِمَةٌ in this sense is ↓ سَلَامٌ, like كَلَامٌ in measure: (Msb:) or ↓ سَلِمَةٌ signifies stones; (K;) or hard stones; (TA;) and ↓ سِلَامٌ is its pl.: (K:) [said to be] so called because of their freedom (سلَامَة) from softness: (TA:) or this last signifies stones, the small thereof and the large; and they assign to it no sing.: (ISh, TA:) or سلام [probably meaning ↓ سَلَامٌ] is a quasi-pl. n.: (Aboo-Kheyreh, TA:) and it is also said to be a name for any broad stone. (TA.) See also سَلَمَان. A poet says, (namely, Bujeyr Ibn-'Anameh, IB, TA,) يَرْمِى وَرَائِى بِامْسَهْكِ وَامْسَهْمِ وَامْسَلِمَهْ [He casts from behind me (i. e. defends me) with the arrow and the stone]: this [usage of ام for ال] is of the dial. of [Teiyi and] Himyer. (S, TA.) السِّلِمْ for السِّلْمْ: see سِلْمٌ, second sentence.

سَلِمَةٌ: see سَلِمٌ, in two places: and سَلَمَان.

A2: Also A woman soft, or tender, in the أَطْرَاف [or fingers, or other extremities]. (K.) b2: And An old and weak she-camel. (IAar, TA in art. سد.) سَلْمَى A certain plant (K, TA) which becomes green in the [season called] صَيْف [app. here meaning spring]. (TA.) b2: أَبُو سَلْمَى The [species of lizard called] وَزَغ: (K:) or, some say, [as is said in the M,] ↓ أَبُو سَلْمَانَ. (TA.) b3: See also the next paragraph. b4: [In the CK, by a mistranscription, a meaning belonging to سُلَامَى is assigned to سَلْمَى.]

السَّلْمَآء, accord. to Aboo-Mis-hal, as meaning The earth, occurs in the prov., أَنْفٌ قِى المَآءِ وَاسْتٌ فِى السَّلْمَآءِ [A nose in the water and a rump on the earth]: and if this be correct, it may be derived from سلام [i. e. سِلَامٌ] meaning “ stones: ” and it may be originally ↓ السَّلْمَى, and lengthened for the sake of the rhyme. (Ham p. 214.) [But the reading commonly known is, أَنْفٌ فِى السَّلْمَآءِ وَاسْتٌ فِى المَآءِ.]

هُوَ سَلْمَانُ بَيْتِهِ He is the special, or particular, friend of his [another's] house; one who mixes with him much: from the saying of the Prophet, سَلْمَانُ مِنَّا أَهْلِ البَيْتِ [Selmán is of us, the people of the house]; referring to Selmán El-Fárisee. (Har p. 472.) b2: أَبُو سَلْمَانَ: see سَلْمَى. b3: Also A species of the [black beetles called] جِعْلَان [pl. of جُعَلٌ, q. v.]: (M:) or i. q. جُعَلٌ, (IAar, K,) or أَبُو جَعْرَان, with fet-h [app. a mistake for kesr] to the ج: (Kr, TA:) or the largest of the جِعْلَان: or a certain insect like the جُعَل, having a pair of wings: (TA:) or the male of the [black beetles called] خَنَافِس [pl. of خُنْفَسَآءُ, q. v.]. (IAar, TA in art. فرض.) سَلَمَان or سَلِمَان, accord. to different readings, occurs in a trad. of Ibn-'Omar, in which it is said, كَانَ يُصَلِّى عِنْدَ سَلَمَانٍ فِى طَرِيقِ مَكَّةَ [He used to pray at certain selem-trees, or certain stones, in the road of Mekkeh]: each may be a pl. [or rather a quasi-pl. n.]; the former, of ↓ سَلَمَةٌ, the “ tree so called; ” the latter, of ↓ سَلِمَةٌ, “ stones ” [or a “ stone: ” but both of these explanations are strange]. (TA.) سَلَامٌ, (S, K, TA,) in its primary acceptation, (TA,) is syn. with ↓ سَلَامَةٌ, (S, K, TA,) as is also ↓ سَلَمٌ, (S, [so in one of my copies, but omitted in the other copy,]) and signifies Safety, security, immunity, or freedom, from faults, defects, imperfections, blemishes, or vices, (S, * [mentioned in one only of my two copies, and there as relating peculiarly to the third word,] K, [in which it ostensibly relates peculiarly to the first word, but in the CK, by the omission of a و before it, it is made to relate only to the second word,] and TA, [accord. to which it relates to the first and second words, as it is well known to do,]) and from evils of any kind: (TA:) or [simply] safety, security, immunity, or freedom; as also ↓ سَلَامَةٌ: (Sb, M:) IKt says that these two words may be dial. vars. [syn. each with the other]; or the former may be pl. of the latter [or rather a coll. gen. n. of which the latter is the n. un.]: (M, TA:) and Suh says, in the R, that most of the lexicologists hold them to have one [and the same] meaning: but that if they considered the language of the Arabs, and the distinction, or limitation, denoted by the ة, they would see that between them is a great difference [inasmuch as the former has a large range of meaning which the latter has not, as will be seen from what follows]. (TA.) سَلَامٌ عَلَيْكُمْ is an announcement of the continuance of سَلَامَة [or safety, &c.]: (Bd in xiii. 24:) [it may therefore be rendered Safety, &c., be, or light and abide, on you; or, generally, peace be, or light and abide, on you; for] it means nothing disliked, or evil, shall befall you henceforth: (Bd in xvi. 34:) and سَلَامٌ عَلَيْكَ [may be rendered in like manner; for it virtually] means I will not do to thee anything that is disliked, or evil; (Bd and Jel in xix. 48;) nor say to thee henceforward what would annoy thee, or be disagreeable, or evil, to thee. (Bd ibid.) It may also be [rendered May safety, &c., or peace, be, or light and abide, on you; as] a prayer for سَلَامَة, to those to whom it is addressed, from the state in which they are at the time. (Bd in xxviii. 55.) [It is generally held that this salutation may not be used by, nor to, any but a Muslim.] In the beginning of an epistle, the approved practice is to write سَلَامٌ عَلَيْكَ, without the article ال; and in repeating it, at the end, to write it with that article. (Durrat el-Ghowwás, in De Sacy's Anthol. Gramm. Arabe, p. 72 of the Arabic text. [In the latter case, the general practice in the present day is to write simply وَالسَّلَام, suppressing عَلَيْكَ.]) In saluting the dead, one puts عَلَيْكَ first, saying, عَلَيْكَ سَلَامُ اللّٰهِ. (Ham p. 367.) You also say, مَا كَانَ كَذَا وَكَذَا ↓ لَا بِسَلَامَتِكَ [No, by thy safety, such and such things were not]. (S.) السُّلَامُ is also a name of God, (S, M, Msb, K,) [applied to Him in the Kur lix. 23, accord. to some for ذُو السَّلَامِ, i. e. ذُو السَّلَامَةِ,] because of his safety, or freedom, from defect, and imperfection, and cessation of existence; (IKt, M, TA;) or from variations, and as being the everlasting, who brings the creation to nought and will not come to nought; or, accord. to Suh in the R, He is so named [as being the Author of Safety, Security, &c.; i. e.] because He has rendered all his creatures safe, or free, from defectiveness, or unsoundness, and mankind and the jinn, or genii, from the betiding of injustice, or wrong, to them, from Him; and the expositors who assert that He is thus named because of his safety, or freedom, from imperfections, and evils of any kind, utter an unseemly saying, making سَلَامٌ to be syn. with ↓ سَالِمٌ, which latter applies only to him who is liable to evil of any kind, and who expects it, and then becomes safe, or free, from it. (TA.) دَارُ السَّلَامِ is an appellation of Paradise, (M, K,) [applied thereto in the Kur vi. 127 and x. 26,] as being the abode of everlasting safety, or security; (Zj, M, TA;) the abode of safety, or security, from evils of any kind, from death and decrepitude and diseases [&c.]: (TA:) or as being the abode of God. (M, TA.) b2: See also سِلْمٌ, in four places. b3: [As is there stated,] it signifies also Salutation, or greeting; (M, TA;) particularly the salutation of الإِسْلَام [by saying سَلَامٌ عَلَيْكَ or سَلَامٌ عَلَيْكُمْ, expl. above]; (Bd in iv. 96;) a subst. (S, Mgh, Msb, TA) from سَلَّمَ عَلَيْهِ, (Msb,) [i. e.] from التُّسْلِيمُ, (S, Mgh, TA,) like كَلَامٌ from التَّكْلِيمُ. (Mgh. [See 2, third sentence.]) b4: In the saying in the Kur [xxv. 64], وَإِذَا خَاطَبَهُمُ الْجَاهِلُونَ قَالُوا سَلَامًا [And when the ignorant speak to them, they say, سَلَامًا], this last word signifies تَسَلُّمًا, (Sb, M,) or تَسَلُّمًا مِنْكُمْ [ for نَتَسَلَّمُ مِنْكُمْ تَسَلُّمًا We declare ourselves to be clear, or quit, of you], and مُتَارَكَهً لَلُمْ [ for نُتَارِكُكُمْ مُتَارَكَةً we relinquish you], (Bd,) [and means] there shall be neither good nor evil between us (Sb, M, Bd) and you: it is not the سلام that is used in salutation; for the verse was revealed at Mekkeh, and the Muslims had not then been commanded to salute the believers in a plurality of gods: (Sb, M:) [in iv. 88 of the Kur, which was promulgated afterwards, at ElMedeeneh, is a general command to return a salutation with a better or with the same; but the Sunneh prescribes that the salutation of سَلَامٌ عَلَيْكَ or سَلَامٌ عَلَيْكُمْ when addressed to a Muslim by one not a Muslim is to be returned only by saying وَعَلَيْكَ or وَعَلَيْكُمْ:] or the meaning in xxv. 64 is, they say a right saying, in which they are secure from harming and sinning. (Bd.) Sb asserts that Aboo-Rabee'ah used to say, إِذَا لَقِيتَ فُلَانًا فَقُلْ سَلَامًا, meaning تَسَلُّمًا [for أَتَسَلَّمُ مِنْكَ تَسَلُّمًا, i. e. When thou meetest such a one, say, I declare myself to be clear, or quit, of thee]: and he says that some of them said سَلَامٌ, meaning The case of me and thee is the [case of] being clear, or quit, each of the other; and the [case of] mutual relinquishing. (M.) [It is usual, in the present day, to say, اِفْعَلْ كَذَا وَالسَّلَام, meaning Do thou such a thing, and there will be an end of altercation between us.]

A2: See also سَلِيمٌ.

A3: Also A kind of trees; (S, M, Msb, K;) they assert that they are evergreen; nothing eats them; but the gazelles keep to them, and protect themselves by their shade, but do not hide among them; and they are not great trees, nor of the kind called عِضَاه: (AHn, M:) they are also called ↓ سِلَامٌ; (K;) or this is pl. of سَلَمَةٌ [n. un. of سَلَمٌ], which is of another kind; like as إِكَامٌ is pl. of أَكَمَةٌ: (IB, TA:) n. un. with ة. (S, M.) السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكَ was said to an Arab of the desert; and he replied, الجَثْجَاثُ عَلَيْكَ: and being asked, “ What is this reply? ” he answered, “They are two bitter trees: thou hast put upon me one, so I have put upon thee the other. ” (K.) A4: See also سَلِمٌ, in two places.

سِلَامٌ: see سَلِمٌ, in two places: A2: and the paragraph here next preceding, last sentence but two.

سَلِيمٌ i. q. ↓ سَالِمٌ, (S, M, K,) which means Safe, secure, or free, (Msb,) from evils of any kind; (K, Msb, TA;) applied to a man: (M:) pl. سُلَمَآءُ; (M, K, TA;) in some copies of the K سَلْمَى, like جَرْحَى pl. of جَرِيحٌ; (TA;) [but this is probably its pl. only when it is used in the sense of جَرِيحٌ or the like, as seems to be the case from what follows.] Also, (M,) applied to a heart: (S, M:) بِقَلْبٍ سَلِيمٍ, in the Kur xxvi. 89, means With a heart free from unbelief: (M, TA:) or, divested of corruptness, or unsoundness: (Er-Rághib, TA:) in the Kur xxxvii. 82, some say that it means with a grieving, or sorrowful, heart; from سَلِيمٌ in the sense here next following. (Bd.) b2: Also i. q. لَدِيغٌ [meaning Bitten by a serpent]; (S, M, K;) as also ↓ سَلَامٌ (S, K) and ↓ مَسْلُومٌ: (K:) app., (S,) as implying a good omen, of safety; (S, M;) or because the person is left (مُسْلَمٌ) to that [bane] which is in him: (IAar, S, * M:) and sometimes it is metaphorically used as meaning (tropical:) wounded: (M:) or it means wounded, at the point of death, (M, K,) as some say: (M:) pl. سَلْمَى. (M, and Ham p. 214.) A2: Also, (M, K,) of a horse, (M,) The part, of the hoof, that is between the أَشْعَر [or hair, or extremity of the skin, next the hoof], (M, TA,) or that is between the أَمْعَر [q. v.], (K,) but the former is the right, (TA,) and the interior of the hoof. (M, K, TA.) سَلَامَةٌ [the most usual inf. n. of سَلِمَ]: see سَلَامٌ, in three places.

A2: Also n. un. of سَلَامٌ applied to a kind of trees [described above]. (S, K.) سُلَامَى, a noun of the fem. gender, (Msb,) A certain bone that is in the فِرْسِن [q. v., here meaning foot] of the camel: (S, K:) this is said by A'Obeyd to be the primary signification: (S:) or the سُلَامَى of the camel are the bones of the فُرْسِن [or foot]: (M:) [for] سُلَامَى is used alike as sing. and pl., and sometimes it has also a pl., (S,) which is سُلَامَيَاتٌ: (S, M, K:) or it is a pl. [or rather a coll. gen. n.], of which the sing. [or n. un.] is سُلَامَيَةٌ, signifying the أَنْمَلَة [q. v.] of [any of] the fingers: (IAth, TA:) [but this is a strange explanation:] it is said that the last parts in which مُخّ [here meaning marrow or pulp and the like] remains in a camel when he has become emaciated are the سُلَامَى and eye; and when it has gone from these, he has none remaining: (S:) the pl. سُلَامَيَاتٌ, (S, TA,) or سُلَامَى, (M, Msb,) also signifies the bones of the أَصَابِع, (S, M,) so says Kh, and Zj adds that they are also called the قَصَب, (Msb,) of the hand and of the foot; (M;) [i. e., of the fingers and of the toes; and this seems to be the most common meaning, in relation to a human being; namely, the phalanges of the fingers and of the toes;] that are between every two joints [and what are beyond the extreme joints] of the أَصَابِع: accord. to Lth, the سلامى are the bones of the أَصَابِع [or fingers and toes] and the أَشَاجِع and the أَكَارِع, and are hard and compact bones like كِعَاب [pl. of كَعْبٌ]: (TA: [see the words that I have here left untranslated, for the senses in which they are here used are doubtful:]) accord. to IAar, (M,) certain small bones, of the length of the إِصْبَع [or finger], (M, K,) or nearly so, (M,) or less, (K,) of which there are four, or three, (M,) [or app., five, for the meaning here seems to be the metacarpal and metatarsal bones, to which the terms سُلَامَى and سُلَامَيَاتٌ are sometimes applied, (see أَشْجَعُ and مُشْظٌ,)] in the hand and in the foot, (K,) [i. e.] in each hand and foot: (M:) Ktr says that the سلاميات are the عُرُوق [app. a mistake for عِظَام i. e. bones] of the outer side of the hand and foot: (Msb:) سلامى is also said to signify any small hollow bone: and any bone of a human being: and ISh says that in every horse are six سلاميات [app. in the fore legs and the same in the hind legs; for he seems to mean that the term سلامى is applied to each of the pasternbones and to the coffin-bone; these three corresponding to the phalanges of a human being: see فَصٌّ]: (TA:) it is not allowable to write سلامى otherwise than with what is termed the short alif. (MF, TA.) A2: سُلَامَى, (M, K,) like سُكَّارَى, (K, TA, [in the CK like سَكْرٰى, which is shown to be wrong by a verse cited in the M and TA,]) signifies also The [south, or southerly, wind called] جَنُوب. (M, K.) سَلَامَانٌ A kind of tree, (S, M, K,) growing in soft, or plain, tracts: (M:) Az says, it is like the أَلَآء, which is a tree resembling the myrtle, which changes not in the midst of summer, and which has a produce resembling the head [or ear] of millet (ذُرَة), except that it is smaller than the الآء; tooth-sticks (مَسَاوِيك) are made from it; and its produce is like that of the الآء; and it grows in the sands and the deserts: (TA in art. الأ:) n. un. with ة. (M.) نَمْلُ سُلَيْمَانُ Red ants [lit. the ants of Solomon]. (TA voce أَحْوَى, in art. حو.) سُلَّمٌ A ladder, or a series of stairs or steps, syn. مِرْقَاةٌ, (M, K,) and دَرَجَةٌ, (M,) or مِعْرَاجٌ, (Msb,) upon which one ascends; (S, Mgh;) either of wood or of clay [&c.]: (Mgh:) said by Zj to be so called because it delivers thee (يُسَلِّمُكَ) to the place to which thou desirest to go, (Mgh, TA,) i. e., to some high place, and thou hopest for safety (السَّلَامَة) by means of it: (Er-Rághib, TA:) masc. and fem.; (Lth, M, Mgh;) [app., accord. to Lth and F, generally fem.; for] accord. to Lth, one says, هِىَ السُّلَّمُ and هُوَ السُّلَّمُ; (Mgh;) [and F says,] it is sometimes made masc.: (K:) pl. سَلَالِيمُ (S, Mgh, K) and سَلَالِمُ, (K,) [which latter is the original, for] the ى in سَلَالِيمُ is added by poetic license. (M, TA.) [Hence,] السُّلَّمُ (assumed tropical:) Certain stars, below [those called] العَانَةُ, on the right of them; (K;) as being likened to the سُلَّم [above-mentioned]. (TA.) b2: And The غَرْز [or stirrup of the camel's saddle] (S, K) is sometimes thus called [as being a means of mounting]. (S.) b3: And (tropical:) A means to a thing; (K, TA;) because it leads to another thing like as does the سُلَّم upon which one ascends. (TA.) b4: And السُّلَّمُ is the name of The horse of Zebbán (in the CK Zeiyán) Ibn-Seiyár. (K.) سَالِمٌ: see سَلِيمٌ; and see سَلَامٌ, near the middle of the paragraph. [See also an ex. voce شَاجِبٌ.]

b2: [Hence,] كَلِمَةٌ سَالِمَةُ العَيْنَيْنِ (tropical:) A good word or expression or sentence. (TA.) A2: The saying of J [in the S], (K,) in which he has followed his maternal uncle El-Fárábee, (TA,) that it signifies The portion of skin between the eye and the nose, is a mistake; (IB, K;) and his citation, as an authority, of the verse of 'AbdAllah Ibn-'Omar (K) in which he says, وَجِلْدَةُ بَيْنَ العَيْنِ وَالأَنْفِ سَالِمُ (TA,) is futile: (K:) for, as IB says, Sálim was the son of Ibn-'Omar, who, by reason of his love of him, thus makes him to be as the skin between his eyes and his nose: or, as MF says, the truth is, that the said verse is by Zuheyr, and Ibn-'Omar used it as a proverb: and [SM says], if this be correct, it strengthens the saying of J. (TA.) أَسْلَمُ [More, and most, safe or secure or free from evils of any kind]. You say, هٰذَا أَسْلَمُ مِنْ هٰذَا [This is more safe &c. than this]: and هٰذَا الأَسْلَمُ [This is the most safe &c.]; and هٰذِهِ السُّلْمَى. (Ham p. 214.) A2: And الاسلم [app. الأَسْلَمُ] signifies, like الطفى [i. e. الطَّفْىُ]; The leaves (خُوص) of the دَوْم [or Theban palm]. (Ibn-Beytár, app. from AHn, cited by De Sacy in his Chrest. Arabe, 2nd ed., iii. 480.) الإِسْلَامُ [inf. n. of 4, q. v. b2: It is the general term for The religion of Mohammad: differing from الإِيمَانُ, as shown above: see 4. b3: and hence, for أَهْلُ الإِسْلَامِ, or the like,] The Muslims, collectively. (M in art. بيض, &c.) إِسْلَامِىٌّ [Of, or relating to, الأِسْلَام as meaning the religion of Mohammad. b2: And particularly] A poet of the class next after the مُخَضْرَمُون and next before the مُوَلَّدُون. (Mz 49th نوع.) [See the Preface to the present work, p. ix.] The most celebrated of the poets of this class, it seems, were Jereer, El-Farezdak, El-Akhtal, and Dhu-rRummeh, who were contemporaries, and flourished in the first and second centuries of the Flight. (Mz ubi suprà, and Ibn-Khillikán in art. جَرِير.) b3: لَفْظٌ إِسْلَامِىٌّ A word, or phrase, introduced, or used in a new sense, on the occasion of the promulgation and establishment of the religion of الإِسْلَام, by means of the Kur-án &c. (Mz 20th نوع.) الأُسَيْلِمُ [The vena salvatella;] a certain vein (S, M, K) in the hand, (M,) between the little finger and the finger next to this: (S, K:) it occurs only [thus] in the dim. form. (M.) مُسْلِمٌ act. part. n. of 4 [q. v.]. (Msb.) وَاجْعَلْنَا مُسْلِمِينَ لَكَ, in the Kur ii. 122, means And make both of us self-resigned, or submissive, to Thee: (Bd, Jel:) or, sincere in religion, or without hypocrisy, towards Thee; syn. مُخْلِصَيْنِ: (M, Bd:) and therefore مسلمين is made trans. by means of ل. (M.) b2: [It commonly means One who holds, or professes, the religion of الإِسْلَام.] And one says, ↓ كَأَنَ كَافِرًا ثُمَّ هُوَاليَوْمَ مُسْلَمَةٌ [He was an unbeliever: then, to day, he has become a Muslim]. (M.) مَسْلَمَةٌ: see what next precedes.

المُسَلَّم is said to be used in the sense of ↓ المُسْتَلَم in the saying of El-'Ajjáj, بَيْنَ الصَّفَا وَالكَعْبَةِ المُسَلَّممِ [Between Es-Safà and the Kaabeh of which the Black Stone is touched with the hand, or kissed: see 8]. (M.) مَسْلُومٌ: see سَلِيمٌ. b2: b3: Also A hide, or skin, tanned with [قَرَظ, or leaves of] the سَلَم. (S, M.) أَرْضٌ مَسْلُومَآءُ A land abounding with the trees called سَلَم. (M, K.) b2: Suh says, on the authority of AHn, that مَسْلُومَآءُ is a name for A collection of سَلَم; like مَشْيُوخَآءُ applied to “ many elders, or men advanced in age. ” (TA.) المُسْتَلَم: see المُسَلَّم. b2: مُسْتَلَمُ القَدَمَيْنِ meansA man soft, or tender, in the feet. (TA.)

رتم

1 رَتَمَ, (T, S, M, K,) aor. ـِ (M, K,) inf. n. رَتْمٌ, (T, S, M, K,) He broke a thing: (ISk, T, S, M, K:) and bruised it, or crushed it, (ISk, T, M, K, TA,) much: (M, and so in the CK:) or, (M, K,) accord. to Lh, (M,) specially, (M, K,) he broke (M) the nose: (M, K: [but see رَتْمٌ, below:]) and رَثَمَ [q. v.] signifies the same: you say, رَتَمَ أَنْفَهُ and رَثَمَهُ [He broke his nose]. (T, S.) A2: See also 4.

A3: مَا رَتَمَ بِكَلِمَةٍ He spoke not a word. (T, S, M, K.) A4: رَتَمَتِ المِعْزَى The goats pastured upon the plant called الرَّتَم [in the CK الرَّتْم]. (K, * TA.) b2: And رَتَمَ He became affected with swooning from eating the plant so called. (K, * TA.) A5: رَتَمَ فِى بَنِى فُلَانٍ He grew up among the son of such a one. (K.) 4 ارتم, inf. n. إِرْتَامٌ, [app. He tied a رَتِيمَة, q. v.]. (T.) رَتْمٌ, also, as an inf. n., [i. e. of ↓ رَتَمَ,] signifies The tying a thread, or string, upon one's own finger for the purpose of remembering something. (KL.) b2: And ارتمهُ, (inf. n. as above, S,) He tied upon his (a man's, T, S, Mgh) finger a thread, or string, such as is termed رَتِيمَة. (T, S, M, Mgh, K.) A2: Also He (a young camel) bore fat in his hump. (K.) 5 تَرَتَّمَ see what next follows.8 ارتتم, (Mgh, K,) or ارتتم بِرَتِيمَةٍ or بِرَتَمَةٍ, (M, TA,) and ↓ ترتّم, (M, K,) He had a thread, or string, such as is termed رَتِيمَة or رَتَمَة tied upon his finger. (M, Mgh, K.) رَتْمٌ (S, M, K) and ↓ رَتِيمٌ (M, K) and ↓ مَرْتُومٌ (S, K) signify the same; i. e. Broken: (S, M, K:) and bruised, or crushed, (M, K, TA,) much: (M, and so accord. to the CK:) the first being an inf. n. used as an epithet. (M, K.) Ows Ibn-Hajar says, لَأَصَبَحَ رَتْمًا دُقَاقَ الحَصَى

مَكَانَ النَّبِىِّ مِنَ الكَاثِبِ (S, in the present art.,) i. e. It (referring to a mountain called الصَاقِب) would become [broken, having the pebbles crushed,] like the sands around the mountain El-Káthib. (S in art. نبو. [But there are other explanations of النبىّ and الكاثب as here used. In the T, in art. رثم, a different reading is given: لاصبح رَثْمًا.]) A2: See also رَتِيمَةٌ. b2: [Freytag, misled by the CK, has assigned to رَتْمٌ a signification that belongs to رَتَمٌ.]

رَتَمٌ [applied in the present day to The shrub broom; to several species thereof: spartium monospermum of Linn.: genista rætam of Forsk.: (Delile, Flor. Aegypt. Illustr., no. 657:) spartium: (Forskål, Flora Aegypt. Arab., p. lvi.:) and phalaris setacea: (Idem, p. lx.:)] a species of plant: (T:) or a species of tree; (Mgh;) or so ↓ رَتَمَةٌ; of which the former is the pl. [or rather coll. gen. n.]: (S:) or the latter, (Lth, T,) or the former, (AHn, M, K,) the latter being its n. un., (K,) a certain plant, of the shrub-kind; (AHn, T, M, K;) as though by reason of its slenderness, it were likened to the thread, or string, called رَتَمِ: (AHn, T, * K, * TA: [see this word voce رَتِيمَةٌ: in the CK, in the present instance, erroneously written رَقْم:]) and so ↓ رَتِيمَةٌ: (AHn, T:) its flower is like the خِيرِىّ [or yellow gilliflower], and its seed is like the lentil: each of these (i. e. the flower and the seed, TA) strongly provokes vomiting: the drinking the expressed juice of its twigs, fasting, is a beneficial remedy for sciatica (عِرْقُ النَّسَا); and likewise the using as a clyster an infusion thereof in sea-water: and the swallowing twenty-one grains thereof, fasting, prevents the [pustules called] دَمَامِيل. (K.) When a man was about to make a journey, he betook himself to two branches, or two trees, and tied one branch to another, and said, “If my wife be faithful to the compact, this will remain tied as it is; otherwise, she will have broken the compact: ” so says As; and ISk says the like: (T:) or he betook himself to a tree, (S, K,) or to the species of tree called رَتَم, (ISk, Mgh,) and tied together two branches thereof, (ISk, S, Mgh, K,) or he tied together two trees; (M;) and if he returned and found them as he tied them, he said that his wife had not been unfaithful to him; but otherwise, that she had been so: (ISk, S, M, Mgh, K:) this [pair of branches or trees] is called الرَّتَمُ [in the CK, erroneously, الرَّتْمُ] and ↓ الرَّتِيمَةُ: (K:) or this is what is meant by ↓ الرَّتِيمَةُ: (M:) or this [action] is what is meant by تَعْقَادُ الرَّتَمِ in the following verse: (As, ISk, T, Mgh:) but IB says that الرَّتَائِمُ [pl. of ↓ الرَّتِيمَةُ] does not mean peculiarly one kind of trees exclusively of others: and he cites this verse as an ex. of الرَّتَمُ meaning the threads, or strings, so called; (TA;) as does Az. (Mgh.) A rájiz says, هَلْ يَنْفَعَنْكَ اليَوْمَ إِنْ هَمَّتْ بِهِمْ كَثْرَةُ مَا تُوصِى وَتَعْقَادُ الرَّتَمْ [Will the muchness of thine enjoining, and the tying of the retem, be indeed of use to thee to-day, if she be desirous of them?]. (T, S, Mgh.) b2: See also رَتِيمَةٌ, in two places.

A2: Also A [leathern water-bag such as is called] مَزَادَة that is filled (IAar, T, K) with water: (IAar, T:) or a [water-skin such as is called] مَزَاد. (M, TT.) A3: And A road, or way; or the middle, or main part and middle, thereof; or a beaten track; syn. مَحَجَّةٌ. (IAar, T, K.) A4: And Suppressed, low-sounding, occult, or secret, speech or language. (IAar, T, K.) A5: And Perfect shame or sense of shame or pudency. (IAar, T, K.) رَتْمَةٌ: see رَتِيمَةٌ.

رَتَمَةٌ: see رَتَمٌ [of which it is the n. un.]: b2: and see also رَتِيمَةٌ.

رَتْمَآءُ A she-camel that eats the plant called الرَّتَم, and keeps to it, and is fond of it. (K, TA.) b2: And That carries the filled مَزَادَة (K, TA) called رَتَم. (TA.) رُتامٌ A thing broken in pieces, or into small pieces; crushed; or crumbled. (K, TA.) رَتِيمٌ: see رَتْمٌ: A2: and see also رَتِيمَةٌ.

A3: Also A slow pace. (K.) رَتِيمَةٌ (T, S, M, Mgh, K) and ↓ رَتَمَةٌ, (T, M, L,) the latter written thus by IB on the authority of 'Alee Ibn-Hamzeh, (L, TA,) or ↓ رَتْمَةٌ, (S, K, [in one copy of the S written رَتَمة, and in my copy of the Mgh without any syll. signs,] A thread, or string, that is tied upon the finger for the purpose of reminding one (T, S, M, Mgh, K) of some object of want: (T, S:) pl. of the first, رَتَائِمُ (S, M, Mgh, K) and رِتَامٌ; (M, K;) and [coll. gen. n.] of the second, ↓ رَتَمٌ; (M, IB;) and of the third, [if it be correct,] ↓ رَتْمٌ: (K: in the CK رُتْمٌ:) IAar says that ↓ رَتِيمٌ signifies the thread, or string, for reminding; but others say رَتِيمةٌ: Lth says that ↓ رَتِمٌ signifies a thread, or string, that is tied upon the finger, or upon the signet-ring, for a sign, or token: (T:) and IB cites the verse cited above voce رَتَمٌ as an ex. of this word in the sense here assigned to it as a pl. [or coll. gen. n.]; (TA;) and so does Az. (Mgh.) The binding of رَتَائِم [upon the fingers] is forbidden in a trad.: and it is said that المُسْتَذْكِرُ بِالرَّتَائِمِ مُسْتَهْدفٌ للشَّتَائم [He who seeks to remember by means of the threads, or strings, that are tied upon the fingers for the purpose of reminding becomes a butt for revilings]. (TA.) b2: See also رَتَمٌ, in four places.

رُتَامَي [a pl. of which the sing. is not mentioned], like سُكَارَي, Persons affected with swooning from eating the plant called الرَّتَم. (K.) مَا زَالَ رَاتِمًا عَلَي هٰذَا الأَمْرِ means He ceased not to be constantly occupied in this affair: (T, M, K, * TA:) Yaakoob asserts that the م of راتما is a substitute [for ب], though رَتَمَ does not occur in the sense of رَتَبَ: (M, TA:) IJ says that this may be the case, or that the word may be from الرَّتَمَةُ and الرَّتِيمَةُ. (TA.) [See also رَاتبٌ: and see تُرْتُمٌ, below.]

أَرْتَمُ [app. Having his nose broken. b2: and hence,] One who does not speak clearly, nor intelligibly; as though his nose were broken: occurring in a trad.: or, as some relate it, أَرْثَمُ [q. v.]. (TA.) شَرُّ تُرْتُمٌ and تُرْتَمٌ Continual, or constant, evil: (K, TA:) the م is a substitute for the ب of تُرْتَُب; and the former ت is augmentative, because there is no word like جُعْفَرٌ consisting of radical letters. (TA.) [See also رَاتِمًا, above.]

مَرْتُومٌ: see رَتْمٌ.

حوم

1 حَامَ, (S, Msb, K,) حَوْلَ المَآءِ, (S, Msb,) or عَلَى الشَّىْءِ, (K,) aor. ـُ (S,) inf. n. حَوَمَانٌ (S, Msb, K) and حَوْمٌ, (S, K,) said of a bird, or flying thing, (S, Msb, K,) &c., (S,) It went, [or hovered,] or circled, (S, Msb, K,) round about the water, (S, Msb,) by reason of thirst, (TA,) or round about the thing: (K:) and in like manner حَامَتْ, said of camels. (K, TA.) b2: [Hence,] it is said in a trad., مَنْ حَامَ حَوْلَ الحِمَى يُوشِكَ أَنْ يَقَعَ فِيهِ, meaning (assumed tropical:) He who approaches acts of disobedience is near to falling therein. (Msb.) And you say, هُوَ يَحُومُ حَوْلَ غَرَضٍ لَهُ (tropical:) [He hovers about an object of aim, or desire, that he has]. (TA.) And حام فُلَانٌ عَلَى

الأَمْرِ, inf. n. حَوْمٌ and حِيَامٌ and حُؤُومٌ, (K, TA,) the second with kesr [to the ح, and therefore with ى in the place of و, but written in the CK with fet-h], (TA,) (tropical:) Such a one desired, or sought, the thing. (K, TA.) And حام عَلَى قَرَابَتِهِ (tropical:) He affected, or inclined towards, his relations, like one going round about the water. (TA.) 2 حوّم فِى الأَمْرِ i. q. اِسْتَدَامَ (tropical:) [app. as meaning (assumed tropical:) He paused, and acted with deliberation, or in a patient or leisurely manner, or he waited in expectation, in the affair, or case, like one who hovers about a thing]. (K, TA.) جَيْشُ حَامٍ [lit. The army of Ham, the son of Noah; meaning, because of its blackness,] (tropical:) the night. (TA.) حَوْمٌ A large herd of camels, (S, M, K,) amounting to a thousand: (M, K:) or an indefinite number; (K, * TA;) i. e. many: a quasipl. n.; or, as some say, a pl. (TA.) حُومٌ, applied to wine, (TA,) That circulates [or produces a sensation of circular motion] in the head. (K.) b2: Accord. to As, so applied, it signifies Much in quantity. (TA.) حَوْمَةٌ The main part or portion, (S, K,) of water, (S,) or of the sea, (K,) and of sand, and of a fight, &c.: (S, K:) the part where is most water, of the sea; (Ham p. 329, and TA;) the deepest part thereof: (TA:) and in like manner, of a watering-trough: (Ham ibid., and TA:) or a copious, or deep, part of water: (Lh, TA:) and hence, the vehemence of war or fight: (Ham p. 329:) or a place of fight; because the opposing parties go round about it: (Ham p. 492:) or the most vehement part [or the thickest] of a fight: (K, * TA:) pl. حَوْمَاتٌ. (Ham p. 329.) [See also حَوْبَةٌ, last signification.]

حَامِىٌّ A black, or negro, boy or young man, (S, K,) or slave: (S:) so termed in relation to حام [or Ham, the son of Noah], the father of the blacks, or negroes. (S, K.) حَائِمٌ Thirsty, and going, [or hovering,] or circling, round about the water: (Ham p. 753:) and hence, (Id. p. 317,) whatever is thirsty: (Id. ibid., and K:) [fem. with ة: pl. masc.

حُوَّمٌ:] pl. fem. حَوَائِمُ. (Ham p. 317.) Yousay إِبِلٌ حُوَّمٌ Thirsty camels that go round about the water: (As, TA:) or, as also إِبِلٌ حَوَائِمُ, thirsty camels: (K:) or very thirsty camels. (TA.) And it is said in a trad., respecting the prayer for rain, اَللّٰهُمَّ ارْحَمْ بَهَائِمَنَا الحَائِمَةَ O God, have mercy upon our beasts that are going about the water and not finding any to which they may come to drink. (TA.) You say also هَامَةٌ حَائِمَةٌ A thirsty head: (TA:) or a head of which the brain is thirsty. (T, TA.) b2: Also (tropical:) Desiring, or seeking: pl. حُوَّمٌ, (K, TA,) [in the CK حَوَمٌ, but it is] like سُكَّرٌ. (TA.)

فرق

1 فَرَقَ بَيْنَ الشَّيْئَيْنِ, (S, Mgh, O, Msb, K, *) aor. ـُ (S, Mgh, O, Msb,) and in one dial. فَرِقَ, (Msb, TA,) inf. n. فَرْغٌ and فُرْقَانٌ, (S, O, Msb, K,) the latter of which has a more intensive signification, (TA,) He made a separation, or a distinction, or difference, (Msb, K, TA,) between the two things, (K, * TA,) or between the parts of the two things: (Msb:) relating alike to objects of sight and to objects of mental perception: (TA:) IAar, by exs. that he mentions, makes it to relate particularly to objects of the mind, such as sayings; and ↓ فرّق, to persons, or material things: (Msb: [and it is stated in the Mgh that the same distinction is mentioned by Az:]) others, however, state that the two verbs are syn.; but that the latter has an intensive signification. (Msb.) It is said in the Kur [v. 28], فَافْرُقْ بَيْنَنَا وَبَيْنَ الْقَوْمِ الفَاسِقِينَ [Therefore decide Thou, or make Thou a distinction, between us and the unrighteous people]: accord. to one reading, فَافْرِقْ. (Msb, TA.) فِيهَا يُفْرَقُ كُلُّ أَمْرٍ حَكِيمٍ, in the Kur [xliv. 3], means [Wherein] is made distinct [every firm decree]: (Lth, TA:) or is decided; (O, K, TA;) thus expl. by Katádeh. (O, TA.) And in the phrase وَقُرآنًا فَرَقْنَاهُ, (S, O, K, TA,) in the same [xvii. 107], (S, O, TA,) by فَرَقْنَاهُ is meant We have made it distinct, (S, O, K, TA,) and rendered it free from defect, (O, K, TA,) and explained the ordinances therein: (TA:) but some read ↓ فَرَّقْنَاهُ, meaning We have sent it down in sundry portions, in a number of days. (S, TA.) وَإِذْ فَرَقْنَا بِكُمُ الْبَحْرَ, (O, K, TA,) in the Kur [ii. 47], (O, TA,) means And when we clave because of you the sea; i. q. فَلَقْنَاهُ: (O, K, TA:) another reading, ↓ فَرَّقْنَا, meaning we divided into several portions, is mentioned by IJ; but this is unusual. (TA.) It is also said that الفَرْقُ is for rectification; and ↓ التَّفْرِيقُ, for vitiation: and IJ says that إِنَّ الَّذِينَ فَرَّقُوا ↓ دِيْنَهُمْ CCC, in the Kur [vi. 160, and the like occurs in xxx. 31], means Verily those who have divided their religion into sundry parts, and dismembered it, and have disagreed respecting it among themselves: but that some read فَرَقُوا دِيْنَهُمْ, without teshdeed, meaning, have severed their religion from the other religions [app. by taking it in part, or parts, therefrom]; or this, he says, may mean the same as the former reading, for sometimes فَعَلَ has the same meaning as فَعَّلَ. (TA.) IJ also says that فَرَقَ لَهُ عَنِ الشَّىْءِ signifies He made the thing distinct, or plain, to him. (TA.) b2: فَرَقَ الشَّعْرَ بِالمُشْطِ, aor. ـُ and فَرِقَ, inf. n. فَرْقٌ, He separated his hair with the comb: and فَرَّقَ ↓ رَأْسَهُ بِالمُشْطِ , inf. n. تَفْرِيقٌ, He separated the hair of his head with the comb. (TA.) [and it is implied in a trad. cited in the O and TA that فَرَقَهُ signifies the same as the latter of the two phrases in the next preceding sentence.]

A2: فَرَقَ لَهُ الطَّرِيقُ, (S, O, K,) inf. n. فُرُوقٌ, (K,) The road presented itself to him divided into two roads: (S, O, K, TA:) or [it means] an affair presented itself, or occurred, to him, and he knew the mode, or manner, thereof: (TA, as from the K: [but not in the CK nor in my MS. copy of the K:]) and hence, in a trad. of I'Ab, فَرَقَ لِى رَأْىٌ An idea, or opinion, appeared [or occurred] to me: (TA:) [or] one says, فَرَقَ لِى هٰذَا الأَمْرُ, inf. n. فُرُوقٌ, This affair became, or has become, distinct, apparent, or manifest, to me: and hence the saying, فَإِنْ لَمْ يُفْرُقْ لِلْإِمَامِ رَأْىٌ [And if an idea, or an opinion, appear not, or occur not, to the Imám]. (Mgh.) b2: فَرَقَتْ said of a she-camel, and of a she-ass, (S, O, K,) aor. ـُ (S, O,) inf. n. فُرُوقٌ, She, being taken with the pains of parturition, went away at random in the land. (S, O, K.) A3: فَرَقَ, (O, K,) aor. ـُ (K,) He voided dung; syn. ذَرَقَ [which is said of a bird, and sometimes of a man]. (O, K. [See also أَفْرَقَ.]) A4: And He possessed a فِرْق [q. v.] (O, K, TA) of sheep or goats: (O, TA:) accord. to the K, of date-stones with which to feed camels: but the former explanation is the right. (TA.) A5: فَرَقَهَا, (K,) inf. n. فَرْقٌ, (TA,) He fed her (i. e. a woman) with فَرِيقَة [q. v.]; as also ↓ افرقها, (K,) inf. n. إِفْرَاقٌ. (TA.) A6: فَفَرَقْتُهُ ↓ فَارَقَنِى, aor. ـُ [He vied with me in fear and] I exceeded him in fear. (Lh, L, TA.) b2: See also 2, last sentence.

A7: فَرِقَ, (S, O, Msb, K,) aor. ـَ (Msb, K,) inf. n. فَرَقٌ, (S, O, Msb,) He feared; or was, or became, in fear, afraid, or frightened. (S, O, Msb, K.) You say, فَرِقْتُ مِنْكَ [I feared thee, or was in fear of thee]: (S, O, Msb: *) but you should not say, فَرِقْتُكَ: (S, O:) Sb [however] mentions فَرِقَهُ, suppressing مِنْ. (TA.) And you say also, فَرِقَ عَلَيْهِ [He feared for him]. (TA.) A8: And فَرِقَ, aor. ـَ He entered into a wave, [which is termed فِرْقٌ,] and dived therein. (K.) A9: And the same verb accord. to the K, but accord. to Sgh [in the O] it seems, from the context to be فَرَقَ, (TA,) He drank (O, K) the measure called فَرَق, (O,) or with the فَرَق. (K, TA.) 2 فرّقهُ, inf. n. تَفْرِيقٌ and تَفْرِقَةٌ, (S, O, K,) He separated it [into several, or many, portions]; disunited it [i. e. a thing, or a collection of things]; or dispersed, or dissipated, it; or did so much [or greatly or widely]; syn. بَدَّدَهُ. (K.) And فرّق بَيْنَ الأَشْيَآءِ [He made, or caused, a separation &c., or much, or a wide, separation, &c., between the things]. (Mgh.) [And فِيهِمْ فرّقهُ and عَلَيْهِمْ He scattered, or distributed, it among them, and to them.] See 1, former half, in five places. It is said in a trad. of 'Omar, فَرِّقُوا عَنِ المَنِيَّةِ وَاجْعَلُوا الرَّأْسَ رَأْسَيْنِ, (Mgh, O, *) meaning Separate ye your cattle by way of preservation from death, [and make the one head two head,] by buying two animals with the price of one, that, when one dies, the second may remain. (Mgh, O.) and it is said in a trad. respecting the poor-rate, لَا يُفَرَّقُ بَيْنَ مُجْتَمِعٍ وَلَا يُجْمَعُ بَيْنَ مُفْتَرِقٍ There shall be no separating what is put together, nor shall there be a putting together what is separate. (TA. [The reason is, that by either of these acts, in the case of cattle, the amount of the poor-rate may be diminished.]) يُفَرِّقُونَ بِهِ بَيْنَ الْمَرْءِ وَزَوْجِهِ [in the Kur ii. 96, meaning Whereby they might dissolve, break up, discompose, derange, disorganize, disorder, or unsettle, the state of union subsisting between the man and his wife, in respect of affairs and of the expression of opinion, or, briefly, whereby they might cause division and dissension between the man and his wife,] is from التَفْرِيقُ as meaning تَشْتِيتُ الشَّمْلِ وَالكَلِمَةِ. (El-Isbahánee, TA.) One says also, فرّق الأَمْرَ, meaning شَتَّتَهُ [i. e. He discomposed, deranged, disorganized, disordered, or unsettled, the state of affairs]. (S in art. شت.) And فرّق عَلَيْنَا الكَلَامَ [lit. He scattered speech (app. meaning he jabbered) at us, or against us]. (K in art. بق: see R. Q. 1 in that art.) In the saying in the Kur [ii. 130 and iii.

78], لَا نُفَرِّقُ بَيْنَ أَحَدٍ مِنْهُمْ [We will not make a distinction between any of them], the verb is allowably made to relate to احد because this word [in negative phrases] imports a pl. meaning. (TA. [See p. 27, 3rd col.]) See, again, 1, near the middle.

A2: فرّقهُ, (O, TA,) inf. n. تَفْرِيقٌ, (O, K, TA,) also signifies He made him to fear, or be afraid; put him in fear; or frightened him: (O, K, * TA:) and مِنْهُ ↓ أَفْرَقْتُهُ I made him to fear, or be afraid of, him, or it: (Msb:) and Lh mentions الصَبِىَّ ↓ فَرَقْتُ as meaning I frightened the boy, or child; but ISd says, I think it to be فَرَّقْتُ. (TA.) 3 فارقهُ, inf. n. مُفَارِقَةٌ and فِرَاقٌ, (S, Msb, TA,) He separated himself from him, or it; or left, forsook, or abandoned, him, or it: or he forsook, or abandoned, him, being forsaken, or abandoned, by him: syn. بَايَنَهُ; (TA;) and قَاطَعَهُ, and فَارَزَهُ; (A in art. فرز;) and تَرَكَهُ. (Msb in art. ترك.) And فارق امْرَأَتَهُ He separated himself from his wife. (TA.) b2: فَارَقْتُ فُلَانًا مِنْ حِسَابِى عَلَى كَذَا وَكَذَا I released such a one from my reckoning with him on such and such terms agreed upon by both: and so صَادَرْتُهُ عَلَى كَذَا وَكَذَا. (TA.) And فُورِقَ عَلَى مَالٍ يُؤَدِّيهِ He (an agent) was released from being reckoned with on the condition of his paying certain property for which he became responsible. (TA in art. صدر.) A2: فَارَقَنِى فَفَرَقْتُهُ: see 1, last quarter.4 افرقوا إِبِلَهُمْ They left their camels in the place of pasture, and did not assist them in bringing forth, nor have them got with young. (IAar, O, K.) b2: And افرق غَنَمَهُ He made, or caused, his sheep, or goats, to stray; and neglected them, or caused them to become lost, or to perish. (TA.) b3: And افرق He lost a portion of his sheep or goats. (IKh, TA.) b4: And His sheep, or goats, became a فَرِيقَة [q. v.]. (IKh, TA.) A2: افرق He recovered; (Lth, As, Az, S, O, K;) or recovered, but not completely; (As, O, K;) to which IKh adds, quickly; (TA;) i. e., a sick person from (مِنْ) his sickness; (As, Az, S, O, K;) and one fevered from his fever; (As, S;) and one smitten with the plague: (Lth, TA:) or (K) it is not said except in the case of a disease that does not attack one more than once, as the small-pox, (O, K,) and the measles. (O.) b2: افرقت She (a camel) had a return of some of her milk. (O, K.) A3: افرق said of a man, and of a bird, and of a beast of prey, and of a fox, He voided dung, or thin dung. (Lh, TA. [See also 1, last quarter.]) b2: And افرقهُ He, or it, caused him to void dung; syn. أَذْرَقَهُ. (K. [But I do not find اذرق mentioned except as an intrans. v.]) See also فِرْقَةٌ, last sentence.

A4: افرقها: see 1, last quarter.

A5: أَفْرَقْتُهُ مِنْهُ: see 2, last sentence.5 تفرّق, inf. n. تَفَرَّقٌ (O, K) and تِفِرَّاقٌ, (K, TA,) with two kesrehs, but accord. to the “ Nawádir ” of Lh تَفْرِيقٌ, (TA,) [and in the CK تَفْراق,] It was, or became, separated, or disunited: or separated much, or greatly, or widely, or into several, or many, portions; or dispersed, or dissipated: contr. of تَجَمَّعَ: and ↓ افترق signifies the same: (K, TA:) and so does ↓ انفرق: (TA:) all are quasi-pass. of فَرَّقْتُهُ: (S, * TA:) [or rather the second and third have the former of the meanings mentioned above: and تفرّق has the latter of those meanings:] or ↓ اِفْتَرَقَا is said of two sayings, as quasi-pass. of فَرَقْتُ بَيْنَهُمَا: and تَفَرَّقَا, of two men, as quasi-pass. of فَرَّقْتُ بَيْنَهَمَا: (Mgh, * Msb, TA:) so says IAar: (Msb:) [but] one says also, افترق القَوْمُ [The party, or company of men, became separated; or they separated themselves:] (Msb:) and Esh-Sháfi'ee has used ↓ اِفْتَرَقَا as relating to two persons buying and selling; (Msb, TA;) and so have Ahmad [Ibn-Hambal] and Aboo-Haneefeh and Málik and others. (TA.) It is said in a trad., البَيَّعَانِ بِالخِيَارِ مَا يَتَفَرَّقَا i. e. [The buyer and seller have the option to annul their contract] as long as they have not become separated bodily; (Mgh, Msb;) originally, مَا لَمْ يَتَفَرَّقْ أَبْدَانُهُمَا; for this is the proper meaning. (Msb.) تَفَرَّقَتْ بِهِمُ الطُّرُقُ [properly The roads became separate with them,] means every one of them went one [separate] way. (TA.) [And one says, تفرّقت الأَغْصَانُ (S in art. شذب, &c.,) The branches were, or became, or grew out, apart, one from another; divaricated; diverged; forked; straggled; or spread widely and dispersedly. and تفرّق أَمْرُهُ His affair, or state of affairs, became discomposed, deranged, disorganized, disordered, or unsettled, so that he considered what might be its issues, or results, saying at one time, I will do thus, and at another time, I will do thus: see أَجْمَعَ; and شَتَّ: and ↓ افترق signifies the same: see an ex. voce فَشَا, in art. فشو. And تفرّقت كَلِمَتُهُمْ (K voce شَالَ, in art. شول,) Their expression of opinion was, or became, discordant: and تفرّقت آرَاؤُهُمْ Their opinions were, or became, so.]6 تفارقوا They separated themselves, one from another; or left, forsook, or abandoned, one another. (TA.) 7 انفرق, of which مُنْفَرَقٌ may be an inf. n. [like اِنْفِرَاقٌ], as well as a n. of place, It was, or became, separated, or divided. (O, K.) See also 5.

[Hence,] انفرق الفَجْرُ i. q. اِنْفَلَقَ [The dawn broke]. (TA.) 8 افترق: see 5, first sentence, in three places: and also in the last sentence but one.

فَرْقٌ [is originally an inf. n.: but is often used as a simple subst. meaning A distinction, or difference, between two things. b2: Hence,] The line [or division] in the hair of the head: (K: [see also مَفْرَقٌ:]) or, as some say, the part, of the head, extending from the side of the forehead to the spiral curl upon the crown: an ex. occurs in a verse of Aboo-Dhu-eyb cited voce مَطْرَبٌ. (TA.) b3: [And app. A blaze on a horse's forehead. (See an ex. voce مُعْتَدِلٌ.)] b4: And [hence, perhaps,] one says, بَانَتْ فِى قَذَالِهِ فُرُوقٌ مِنَ الشَّيْبِ i. e. أَوْضَاحٌ [app. meaning There appeared in the back of his head portions of white, or hoary, hair, distinct from the rest]. (TA.) b5: One says also of the female comber and dresser of the hair, تَمْشُِطُ كَذَا وَكَذَا فَرْقًا i. e. [She combs and dresses the hair] with such and such a mode or manner [app. of combing and dressing or of dividing]. (L. [But the last word, which seems to be in this case an inf. n., is there written without any vowel-sign.]) A2: Also A certain bird or flying thing; (طَائِرٌ O, K;) not mentioned by AHát in “ the Book of Birds. ” (O, TA.) A3: And Flax. (K.) A4: See also فَرَقٌ, in nine places.

الفُرْقُ: see الفُرْقَانُ. b2: It also signifies A certain vessel with which one measures. (TA. [See also فَرَقٌ.]) b3: And [it is said that] الفُرْقَانِ signifies قدحان مفترقان [app. meaning Two separate bowls, or milking-vessels, supposing the former word to be قَدَحَانِ; the latter word being مُفْتَرِقَانِ]. (TA. [This is app. said in explanation of فُرْقَانِ ending a verse in which it means “ milkingvessels: ” but it is said in the S, and in one place in the TA, that it is in that instance pl. of فَرْقٌ or فَرَقٌ, q. v.]) فِرْقٌ A piece, or portion, that is split from a thing, or cleft therefrom; (S, O, K;) whence its usage in the Kur xxvi. 63: (S, O:) and a portion of anything (K, TA) when it is separated; and the pl. is فِرَقٌ: (TA:) or a portion that is separated, or dispersed, of a thing; and thus it is said to mean in the Kur ubi suprá; and the pl. is أَفْرَاقٌ, like أَحْمَالٌ as pl. of حِمْلٌ. (Msb.) See also فِرْقَةٌ. b2: Also A great flock or herd, of sheep or goats: (S, O, K:) and (as some say, TA) of the bovine kind: or of gazelles: or of sheep, or goats, only: or of straying sheep or goats; as also ↓ فَرِيقٌ, (K, TA,) and ↓ فَرِيقَةٌ: (TA:) or less than a hundred, (K, TA,) of sheep or goats. (TA.) فِرْقَانِ مِنْ طَيْرٍ صَوَافَّ, occurring in a trad., in which the second and third chapters of the Kur-án are likened thereto, (L,) means Two flocks [of birds expanding their wings without moving them in flight]. (L, TA: but the first word, in both, is without any vowel-sign.) See, again, فِرْقَةٌ. b3: And A set of boys. (O, K.) An Arab of the desert said of some boys whom he saw, هٰؤُلَآءِ فِرْقُ سَوْءٍ [These are a bad set of boys]. (O.) b4: And A distinct quantity of date-stones with which the camel is fed. (K.) b5: [And app. Any feed for one's beast: see an ex. in art. جل, conj. 4.]

A2: Also A mountain. (IAar, O, K.) And A [hill, or mountain, or the like, such as is termed] هَضْبَة. (IAar, O, K.) b2: And A wave, billow, or surge. (IAar, O, K.) b3: And الفِرْقُ is the name applied by the Arabs to The star [a] upon the right shoulder of Cepheus. (Kzw.) فَرَقٌ Wideness of the space between the two central incisors, (IKh, S, O, K, TA,) of a man: (TA:) and likewise between the two toe-nails of the camel. (Yaakoob, S, O, K, TA.) And A division in the عُرْف [or comb] of the cock: and likewise in the forelock, and in the beard, of a man: (S, O, K:) pl. أَفْرَاقٌ. (S, O.) And sparseness, or a scattered state, of the plants, or herbage, of a land. (S, O, K.) b2: In a horse, The state of the hips when one of them is more prominent than the other; which is disapproved: (S, O, K, TA:) or a deficiency in one of the thighs, in comparison with the other: or a deficiency in one of the hips. (TA.) b3: Also The dawn: or الفَرَقُ signifies فَلَقُ الصُّبْحِ: (K:) or what has broken of the bright gleam of dawn; of the dawn that rises and spreads, filling the horizon with its whiteness; (مَا انْفَلَقَ مِنْ عَمُودِ الصُّبْحِ [which is one of the explanations of الفَلَقُ in the K];) because it has become separated from the blackness of the night: (TA:) one says, أَبْيَنُ مِنْ فَرَقِ الصُّبْحِ a dial. var. of فَلَقِ الصُّبْحِ [i. e. More distinct than what has broken of the bright gleam of dawn]. (S, O, Msb, * TA.) A2: It is also the inf. n. of فَرِقَ [q. v.: when used as a simple subst., signifying Fear, or fright]. (S, O, Msb.) A3: Also, and ↓ فَرْقٌ, (S, Mgh, O, Msb, K,) the latte accord. to the usage of the relaters of traditions, (Az, Mgh, O, Msb, TA,) but the former accord. to the usage of the Arabs, (Az, Mgh, O, * TA,) or the former is the more chaste (K, TA) accord. to Ahmad Ibn-Yahyà and Khálid Ibn-Yezeed, (TA,) A certain vessel, (T, Mgh, O, Msb,) a measure of capacity, (S, O, K, TA,) of large size, (TA,) well known, (S,) in El-Medeeneh, (S, Msb, K,) holding three آصُع [a pl. of صَاعٌ], (Mgh, O, Msb, K, TA,) or, (K, [app. referring to ↓ فَرْقٌ only,]) which is the same quantity, sixteen pints, (S, Mgh, O, Msb, K, * TA,) i. e. twelve times the quantity termed مُدّ by the people of El-Hijáz: (TA:) or, accord. to El-Kutabee, the ↓ فَرْق is sixteen pints, and the صاع is one third of the فَرْق; but the فَرَق is eighty pints: or the ↓ فَرْق, he adds, is, as some say, four pints: (Mgh:) or it is four أَرْبَاع [pl. of رُبْعٌ, q. v.]; (K, TA;) thus accord. to AHát: and IAth says, the فَرَق is said to be five أَقْسَاط; [or six; (see قِسْطٌ;)] the قِسْط being the half of a صاع: but the ↓ فَرْق is a hundred and twenty pints: (TA:) in the “ Nawádir ” of Hishám, on the authority of [the Imám] Mohammad, the ↓ فَرْق is said to be thirty-six pints; but [Mtr says] this I have not found in any of the lexicons in my possession; and so what is said in the Moheet, that it is sixty pints: (Mgh:) the pl. is فُرْقَانٌ, (S, Mgh, O, K, TA,) which is of ↓ فَرْقٌ and of فَرَقٌ; (S, Mgh, O, TA;) and أَفْرُقٌ occurs in a trad. as a pl. [of pauc.] of فَرَقٌ meaning the measure thus called. (TA.) 'Áïsheh is related to have said that she and the Prophet used to wash themselves from a vessel called the ↓ فَرْق. (O, Msb.) [In a verse of which a hemistich is cited in the S and TA, the pl. فُرْقَان is used as meaning Milking-vessels. (See also الفُرْقُ.) Respecting a modern signification of ↓ فَرْق (A bale, or sack, of merchandise), see De Sacy's Chrest. Ar., sec. ed., iii., 378-9 and 382.]

فَرُقٌ: see فَرُوقَةٌ, in two places.

فَرِقٌ is applied to plants, or herbage, (نَبْتٌ,) as meaning [In a sparse, or scattered, state; or] small, not covering the ground: (AHn, K, TA:) or (K) فَرِقَةٌ is applied to land, (أَرْضٌ,) meaning of which the plants, or herbage, are in a sparse, or scattered, state; (S, O, K, TA;) not contiguous: (S, O, TA:) thus used, it is a possessive epithet, having no verb. (TA.) A2: See also فَرُوقَةٌ, in two places.

فُرْقَةٌ the subst. from فَارَقَهُ; (S, MA, * TA;) or from اِفْتَرَقَ, (Msb,) [i. e.] a quasi-inf. n. used in the sense of اِفْتِرَاقٌ; (TA;) signifying Separation, disunion, or abandonment; (MA, KL, PS;) and ↓ فَرَاقٌ is syn. therewith, whence the reading [in the Kur xviii. 77], هٰذَا فَرَاقُ بَيْنِى وَبَيْنِكَ [This shall be the separation of my and thy union]; and so is ↓ فِرَاقٌ, (O, * K, TA,) which [is an inf. n. of فارقه, and], in the Kur lxxv. 28, means the time of the quitting of the present world by death. (TA.) فِرْقَةٌ A طَائِفَة [or party, portion, division, sect, or distinct body or class,] of men, (S, O, Msb, K,) and of other things; as also ↓ فِرْقٌ; (Msb;) and so, accord. to IB, ↓ فَرِيقٌ: (TA: [but see this last word:]) [and a separate herd or the like of cattle:] pl. فِرَقٌ (O, Msb, K) and أَفْرَاقٌ (S, O, K) is pl. of فِرَقٌ (O, K) and أَفَارِيقُ is pl. of أَفْرَاقٌ, (S, O, K,) and أَفَارِقَةٌ occurs in poetry; (O, K;) or أَفَارِيقُ may be of the class of أَبَاطِيلُ, a pl. without a sing. (O, TA.) b2: Also A portion of a thing in a state of dispersion; and so ↓ فِرْقٌ and ↓ فَرِيقٌ. (L, TA.) A2: And A skin that is full [of milk], that cannot be agitated to make butter حَتَّى

أَىْ يُذْرَقَ ↓ يُفْرَقَ [app. a tropical phrase meaning until it is made to void some of its contents]. (K.) فُرْقَانٌ, originally an inf. n. (Msb. [See 1, first sentence.]) Anything that makes a separation, or distinction, between truth and falsity. (S, O, K.) b2: Hence, (TA,) الفُرْقَانُ signifies The Kur-án; (S, O, Msb, K;) as also ↓ الفُرْقُ. (S, O, K.) b3: And The Book of the Law revealed to Moses, (Az, O, K,) in which a distinction is made between that which is allowable and that which is forbidden. (O.) b4: And Proof, evidence, or demonstration. (O, K.) b5: And The time a little before daybreak: (AA, O, K:) or the dawn. (O, K.) One says, طَلَعَ الفُرْقَانُ [The dawn rose]. (O.) b6: And Aid, or victory: (IDrd, O, K:) so, accord. to IDrd, in the phrase يَوْمَ الفُرْقَانِ in the Kur [viii. 42]: (O:) or by this phrase is meant The day of Bedr, (O, K,) in which a distinction was made between right and wrong. (O.) b7: And The cleaving of the sea: so it means [accord. to some] in the Kur ii. 50. (O, K.) b8: and Boys: (O, K:) such the people of the olden time used to make witnesses [in law-suits or the like]. (O.) A2: It is also pl. of فَرْقٌ (S, M, O, K) and of فَرَقٌ. (S, Mgh, O.) فَرَاقٌ and فِرَاقٌ: see فُرْقَةٌ.

فَرُوقٌ: see فَرُوقَةٌ, in two places: A2: and أَفْرَقُ, last sentence but two.

فَرِيقٌ A طَائِفَة [or party, &c.,] (S, Msb, K) more in number, (S, K, *) or larger, (Msb,) than a فِرْقَة: (S, Msb, K:) pl. [of pauc.] أَفْرِقَةٌ and [of mult.] أَفْرِقَآءُ and فُرُوقٌ (K, TA) and فُرُقٌ: (CK:) see also فِرْقَةٌ, in two places; and see فِرْقٌ: AHei says that it is itself a quasi-pl. n., applied to few and to many: 'Abd-el-Hakeem, that it occurs in the sense of a طَائِفَة [or party, &c.], and in the sense of a single man: and El-Isbahánee, that it signifies a company of men apart from others [i. e. a party of men]: (MF, TA:) or [simply] a company [of men]. (O.) b2: And A separator of himself. (IB, TA.) Hence the saying, هُوَ أَسْرَعُ مِنْ فَرِيقِ الخَيْلِ i. e. [He is swifter] than the outgoer, or outrunner, of the horses. (TA.) b3: نِيَّةٌ فَرَيقٌ means مُفَرِّقٌ [i. e. A place to which one purposes journeying that separates widely]: a poet says, أَحَقٌّ أَنَّ جِيْرَتَنَا اسْتَقَلُّوا فَنِيَّتُنَا وَنِيَّتُهُمْ فَرِيقُ

[Is it true that our neighbours have gone away, so that the place to which we purpose journeying and the place to which they purpose journeying are such as separate widely]: he says فَرِيق in like manner as one applies [the epithet] صَدِيقٌ to a company of men. (Sb, TA.) A2: Also A palm-tree (نَخْلَةٌ) in which is [app. meaning out of which grows] another. (AA, AHn, O, TA.) فَرُوقَةٌ, applied to a man and to a woman, (IDrd, S, O, K,) and having no pl., (S, O,) and ↓ فَرُّوقَةٌ, applied to a man (Ibn-'Abbád, O, K) and to a woman, (K,) and ↓ فَارُوقَةٌ, applied to a man (O, K,) and to a woman, or, as epithets applied to a man, فَرُوقَةٌ, (K,) and ↓ فَرُّوقَةٌ, (CK,) and ↓ فَارُوقَةٌ, and ↓ فَرُوقٌ, (K,) but this last is also applied to a woman, (IB, TA,) and ↓ فَرُّوقٌ, and ↓ فَارُوقٌ, One who fears much, or vehemently; [or rather the epithets with the affix ة are doubly intensive, meaning one who fears very much;] (S, * O, * K, TA;) and ↓ فَرِقٌ and ↓ فَرُقٌ signify the same as the other epithets above; or ↓ فَرُقٌ signifies fearing, or fearful, by nature; and ↓ فَرِقٌ, [simply,] fearing a thing. (K.) It is said in a prov., رُبَّ عَجَلَةٍ تَهَبُ رَيْثًا وَرُبَّ فَرُوقَةٍ يُدْعَى لَيْثًا وَرُبَّ غَيْثٍ لَمْ يَكُنْ غَيْثًا [Many an act of haste causes (lit. gives) slowness, and many a very fearful man is called a lion, and many a collection of clouds has not been productive of rain]: (S, * O:) said by Málik Ibn-'Amr Ibn-Mohallam, when Leyth, his brother, looked hopefully at the clouds from afar, and desired to avail himself of the benefit thereof; whereupon Málik said to him, “ Do not, for I fear for thee some of the troops of the Arabs: ” but he disobeyed him, and journeyed with his family; and he had not stayed [away] a little while when he came [back], and his family had been taken. (O. [See also Freytag's Arab. Prov. i. 535.]) A2: And الفَرُوقَةُ signifies الحُرْمَةُ [meaning Honour, or reputation; or that which one is under an obligation to respect and defend]: (O, K, TA: [in the CK الحُزْمَةُ:]) so Sh was told: and [so, app., ↓ الفَرُوقُ, for] he cites as an ex., مَا زَالَ عَنْهُ حُمْقُهُ وَمُوقُهُ وَاللُّؤْمُ حَتَّى انْتُهِكَتْ فَرُوقَهُ [His foolishness and his stupidity quitted him not, and meanness, so that his honour, &c., was violated]. (O, TA.) A3: And The fat of the kidneys: (O, K:) so says A'Obeyd, on the authority of El-Umawee; but Sh disallowed this meaning, and knew it not. (O, TA.) فَرِيقَةٌ: see فِرْقٌ. b2: Also Some (S, O, K) one or two or three (S, O) of a flock or herd, of sheep or goats, becoming separate therefrom, (S, O, K,) being shut out from the rest by the like of a mountain or a space of sand or some other thing, as is said in the “ Kitáb Leysa,” (TA,) and going away, (S, O, K,) in the “ Kitáb Leysa ”

straying, (TA,) in the night, from the main aggregate. (S, O, K,) A2: And Dates cooked with fenugreek (حُلْبَة), for the woman in the state following childbirth: (S, O, K:) or fenugreek (حُلْبَة) cooked with grains (حُبُوب) [or kernels?], (O, K, TA,) such as مَحْلَبْ [q. v.], and بير [app. a mistranscription], and other things, (TA,) for her: (K, TA:) or, accord. to IKh, a soup that is made for him who is affected with a chronic disease, or emaciated by disease so as to be at the point of death. (TA.) [See also فَلِيقَةٌ.]

فَرُّوقٌ: see فَرُوقَةٌ, first sentence.

فَرُّوقَةٌ: see فَرُوقَةٌ, first sentence, in two places.

فَارِقٌ [act. part. n. of فَرَقَ, q. v.]. الفَارِقَاتُ, mentioned in the Kur lxxvii. 4, means Those angels that descend with what makes a distinction between truth and falsity: (Fr, O, K:) or that distinguish between that which is allowable and that which is forbidden: (Th, TA:) or that make a distinction between things according as God has commanded them. (Er-Rághib, TA.) b2: Also, فَارِقٌ, A she-camel, and a she-ass, in consequence of her being taken with the pains of parturition, going away at random in the land; (S, O, K;) and so فَارِقَةٌ, as in the “ Mufradát: ” or a she-camel that separates herself from her mate, and brings forth alone: or a she-camel that runs (تَشْتَدُّ), and then casts her young one by reason of the pain that befalls her; thus expl. by IAar: (TA:) pl. فَوَارِقُ and فُرَّقٌ (S, O, K) and فُرُقٌ (K) and فُرَّاقٌ, which is thus used by El-Aashà, applied to she-camels, and ↓ مَفَارِيقُ is [an irreg. pl.] likewise applied to she-camels as syn. with فَوَارِقُ. (TA.) b3: And hence, as being likened to such a she-camel, applied to a cloud (سَحَابَةٌ) as meaning (tropical:) Apart from the other clouds; (S, O, K;) cut off from the main aggregate of the clouds: (ISd, TA:) or an isolated cloud, that will not break its promise [of giving rain], and sometimes preceded by thunder and lighting: (TA:) thus applied, also, having for pl. فَوَارِقُ and فُرَّقٌ [&c.]. (O.) فَارُوقٌ A thing that makes a distinction between two things: and a man who makes a distinction between truth and falsity: (TA:) or one who makes a distinction between affairs, or cases. (Msb.) الفَارُوقُ is an appellation that was given to 'Omar Ibn-El-Khattáb, (S, O, K, TA,) the second of the Khaleefehs; (TA;) because a distinction was made by him between truth and falsity. (Ibráheem El-Harbee, O, K, * TA.) b2: تِرْيَاقٌ فَارُوقٌ, (O,) or التِّرْيَاقُ الفَارُوقُ, (K,) The most approved sort of theriac, (O, K,) and the most esteemed of compounds; because it makes a distinction between disease and health: (K:) called by the vulgar تِرْيَاقَ فَارُوقِىّ. (TA.) A2: See also فَرُوقَةٌ, first sentence.

فَارُوقَةٌ: see فَرُوقَةٌ, first sentence, in two places.

أَفْرَقُ, applied to a man, Having a wide space between the two central incisors: (IKh, TA:) [or] i. q. أَفْلَجُ [app. as meaning the same, or having a similar meaning]: (K, TA: [but the CK has الأَفْلَحُ instead of الأَفْلَجُ:]) or, accord. to Lth, the أَفْرَق is like the أَفْلَج, except that the افلج is such as has been rendered so, and the افرق is such naturally. (O, TA.) And A camel having a wide space between the two toe-nails. (Yaakoob, TA.) And Having a wide space between the buttocks. (TA.) And A he-goat having a wide space between his horns. (IKh, TA.) And A ram, or he-goat, having a wide space between his testicles: and [the fem.] فَرْقَآءُ a ewe, or she-goat, having a wide space between the two teats. (Lth, O, K, TA.) b2: A camel having two humps. (TA.) b3: A man whose forelock is as though it were divided; and in like manner, whose beard is so. (S, O, K. *) A cock whose عُرْف [or comb] is divided: (S, O, K:) and (accord. to Lth, O) a white cock: (O, K:) or, as some say, having two combs (ذُو عُرْفَيْنِ). (O.) b4: A horse having one of the hips more prominent than the other; which is disapproved: (S, K, TA:) or having a deficiency in one of his thighs, in comparison with the other: or having a deficiency in one of the hips: or, accord. to the T, a beast having one of his elbows prominent, and the other depressed. (TA.) And A horse having one testicle. (Lth, O, K, TA.) The pl. is فُرْقٌ. (TA, in which it is here mentioned: also mentioned in the K after أَفْرَقُ as applied to a ram or he-goat: in the CK [erroneously] فُرُقٌ) And ↓ فَرُوقٌ applied to a horse signifies the same as أَفْرَقُ. (O, TA.) b5: طَرِيقٌ أَفْرَقُ A road that is distinct, apparent, or manifest. (TA.) And سَيْلٌ أَفْرَقُ A torrent that is as though it were the فِرْق [app. as meaning wave, billow, or surge]. (TA.) تَفَارِيقُ [Sundry, or separate, or scattered, portions or things: and sundry times]. You say, أَخَذْتُ حَقِّى مِنْهُ بِالتَّفَارِيقِ (S, O, K, * TA) i. e. [I took my right, or due, from him in sundry portions: or] at sundry times. (TA.) And ضَمَّ تَفَارِيقَ مَتَاعِهِ i. e. [He put together] what were scattered [of his household goods, or furniture and utensils]. (TA.) إِنَّكَ خَيْرٌ مِنْ تَفَارِيقِ العَصَا [Verily thou art better than the several portions of the staff], (S, O, K,) which is a prov., (O,) was said by a poet, (S,) or by Ghaneeyeh, (O,) or Ghuneiyeh, (K,) El-Aarábeeyeh, to her son; for he was evil in disposition, [عازِمًا in the CK is a mistake for عَارِمًا,] very mischievous, notwithstanding his weakness, (O, K,) and slenderness of bone; (O;) and he assaulted one day a young man, who thereupon cut off his nose, and his mother took the mulct for it; so her condition became good after abasing poverty; then he assaulted another, who cut off his ear; and another, who cut off his lip; and his mother took the mulct for each; and when she saw the goodness of her condition, (O, K,) the camels and the sheep or goats and the household goods that she had acquired, (O,) she said thus: (O, K:) for from the staff (S, O, K) when it is broken (S) is made a سَاجُور [q. v.], and from this are made tent-pegs, and from the tent-peg is made an عِرَان [q. v.], and from this are made تَوَادٍ [pl. of تَوْدِيَةٌ, q. v.]. (S, O, K.) مَفْرَقٌ (S, O, K) and مَفْرِقٌ (S, O, Msb, K) The middle of the head; (S, O, K;) the place where the hair of the head is separated: (S, O, Msb, K:) pl. مَفَارِقُ; which is used also in the sense of the sing., as though the sing. applied to every part thereof: (S, O:) one says, شَابَتْ مَفَارِقُ رَأْسِهِ [meaning The place (lit. places) of the separation of the hair of his head became white, or hoary]. (Mgh voce ذَكَرٌ.) [See also فَرْقٌ.] b2: Also The place, of a road, where another road branches off: (S, O, Msb, K:) both words are used in this sense likewise: (S, O, K: *) pl. as above. (K.) b3: And [hence] one says, وَقَفْتُهُ عَلَى مَفَارِقِ الحَدِيثِ (tropical:) [I made him to know] the modes, or manners, [of the narrative, or discourse,] or the manifest, plain, or obvious, modes or manners [thereof]. (TA.) مُفْرِقٌ A she-camel whose young one has become separated from her, (S, O, K, TA,) as some say, (TA,) by death: (S, O, K, TA:) pl. ↓ مَفَارِيقٌ. (TA. [Thus in my original, not مَفَارِقُ.]) b2: and A she-camel that tarries two years, or three, without conceiving. (TA.) b3: And A she-camel having a return of some of her milk. (TA.) b4: And Anyone recovering from his disease. (Lh, TA.) b5: And Deviating from the right way or course, or from that which is right. (TA.) b6: And مُفْرِقُ الجِسْمِ, (thus accord. to the K, there said to be like مُحْسِنٌ,) or الجِسْمِ ↓ مُفَرَّقُ, (thus in the O,) A man (O) having little flesh: or fat, or plump: (O, K:) two contr. meanings. (K.) مُفَرَّقُ: see what next precedes.

مُفَرِّقُ [The disperser of the camels or cattle;] the [small, stinking beast called] ظَرِبَانِ; because when it emits a noiseless wind from the anus among the cattle, they disperse themselves. (S, O, K.) مَفَارِيقُ: see مُفْرِقٌ: b2: and فَارِقٌ, latter half.

مُنْفَرَقٌ is a n. of place, as well as an inf. n. [of اِنْفَرَقَ]: (O, K:) and is used by Ru-beh as meaning A place where a road divides. (O.)

صفق

1 صَفْقٌ [inf. n. of صَفَقَ] signifies The striking [a thing] so as to cause a sound to be heard in consequence thereof; (S, O, K;) as also تَصْفِيقٌ [inf. n. of ↓ صفّق, but this has an intensive signification]: (S:) and تَصْفَاقٌ is [also] an inf. n. of صَفَقَ, like صَفْق in the phrase صَفْقُ الكَفِّ عَلَى

الأُخْرَى [the striking of the hand upon the other hand], but denoting muchness of the action. (Sb, M, TA.) [Hence several meanings of both of these verbs, here following.] b2: صَفَقَ رَأْسَهُ, and عَيْنَهُ, (M,) and صَفَقَهُ عَلَى رَأْسِهِ, (Msb,) aor. ـِ inf. n. صَفْقٌ, (M, Msb,) He struck his head, and his eye, (M,) and he struck him on his head with the hand. (Msb.) And صَفَقَهُ بِالسَّيْفِ, (O, K,) inf. n. صَفْقٌ, (O,) He struck him with the sword. (O, K.) And صَفَقَ بِهِ الأَرْضَ [lit. He smote the ground with him; meaning he flung him upon the ground]. (L, TA.) b3: صَفَقَ بِجَنَاحَيْهِ, (M, K,) aor. as above, (M,) [inf. n. صَفْقٌ,] said of a bird, He beat [his sides, or the air,] with his wings; (M, L, K; *) as also ↓ صِفّق, (M, K,) inf. n. تَصْفِيقٌ. (TA.) b4: صَفَقَتْهُ الرِّيحُ, and ↓ صفّقتهُ, The wind smote it so as to cause a sound to be heard: (S:) or the latter signifies [simply] the wind smote it, or beat it: (Ham p. 719:) [or the wind beat upon it; namely, a sail &c.: (see شِرَاعٌ:)] [and] both signify the wind shifted it to the right and left, and turned it back: (TA: [in the CK, التَّتْلِيبُ is erroneously put for التَّقْلِيبُ as an explanation of التَّصْفِيقُ:]) and الرِّيحُ المَآءَ ↓ صفّقت The wind beat the water so that it made it clear: (M:) and صَفَقَتِ الرِّيحُ الأَشْجَارَ, (K,) aor. as above, inf. n. صَفْقٌ, (O,) The wind put the trees in motion, or into a state of commotion, (O, K,) and shook them: (O, TA:) and الرِّيحُ ↓ صفّقت السَّحَابَ The wind smote the clouds, [for صَرَمَتْهُ in my original, an obvious mistranscription, I read ضَرَبَتْهُ,] and blew in different directions upon them. (TA.) b5: صَفَقَ العُودَ, (inf. n. صَفْقٌ, TA,) He put in motion [by striking them] the chords of the lute. (S, O, K.) b6: صَفَقَ يَدَهُ بِالبَيْعَةِ and صَفَقَ عَلَى يَدِهِ, inf. n. صَفْقٌ (M, K) and صَفْقَةٌ, (K,) [or the latter, which see below, is a simple subst.,] He struck his hand upon his [another's] hand by way of ratifying the sale, or the covenant; (M, K;) and so صَفَقَ لَهُ البَيْعَ, aor. ـِ (K,) inf. n. صَفْقٌ: (TA:) or صَفَقْتُ لَهُ بِالبَيْعِ and بِالبَيْعَةِ, inf. n. صَفْقٌ, I struck my hand upon his hand [by way of ratifying the sale and the covenant]. (S, O, Msb.) [See also سَفَقَ. And see an ex. in a verse cited voce رَدَادٌ.] b7: صَفْقٌ (S, O, K) as inf. n. of صَفَقْتُهُ, (S, O,) also signifies The shutting, or closing [a thing]; and the turning, or sending, or putting, [a thing] back, or away; (S, O, K;) as also ↓ إِصْفَاقٌ. (K.) You say, صَفَقَ عَيْنَهُ He shut, or closed, his eye. (S, O, K.) And صَفَقَ البَابَ, (S, M, O, Msb, K,) aor. ـِ (M,) inf. n. صَفْقٌ, (M, Msb,) He shut or closed, the door; (S, O, Msb, K;) as also ↓ اصفقهُ: (S, O:) or both signify he locked the door: (M, K:) and in like manner سَفَقَهُ [and اسفقهُ]. (TA.) And He opened the door: (ADk, O, Msb, K:) thus having two contr. significations. (Msb.) And صَفَقَ مَاشِيَتَهُ, inf. n. صَفْقٌ, He turned, or sent, his cattle back, or away. (M, TA.) And صَفَقَهُمْ عَنْ كَذَا He turned them [i. e. men] back, or away, from such a thing. (TA.) And one says, مَا زَالُوا يَصْفِقُونَنِى They ceased not to turn me about in an affair: [meaning that] they endeavoured to induce him to do it. (Ibn-'Abbád, O.) b8: صَفَقَهُمْ مِنْ بَلَدٍ إِلَى

بَلَدٍ They expelled them from town to town, or from country to country, forcibly and ignominiously. (TA.) b9: صَفَقَ الشَّرَابَ: see 2. b10: صَفَقَ القَدَحَ, (O, K,) inf. n. صَفْقٌ, (O, TA,) He filled the drinking-vessel; as also ↓ اصفقهُ; (O, K;) and ↓ صفّقهُ: (O:) or الكَأْسَ ↓ صفّق, and ↓ اصفقها, he filled the drinking-cup, or wine-cup: (Lh, M:) and الحَوْضَ ↓ اصفقنا We collected the water in the watering-trough. (TA.) b11: and صَفَقَهَا, inf. n. صَفْقٌ, He compressed her; syn. جَامَعَهَا. (TA.) b12: And صَفْقٌ signifies also The collecting together [a thing or things]. (TA.) A2: صَفَقَ الرَّجُلُ, (M, K,) inf. n. صَفْقٌ, (M,) The man went away. (M, K.) b2: مِنَ ↓ صَفَقَتْ عَلَيْنَا صَافِقَةٌ النَّاسِ A company of men alighted at our abode. (IDrd, M, * O, K. *) b3: صَفَقَتْ, (IDrd, O, K,) inf. n. صَفْقٌ, (TA,) said of a she-camel, Her womb closed against the passage of her fœtus, (أَرْتَجَتْ رَحِمُهَا عَنْ وَلَدِهَا, [or أُرْتِجَتْ i. e. became closed, the syll. signs of this word in the O being doubtful, in the CK erroneously written ارتَخَتْ,]) so that the fœtus died. (IDrd, O, K, TA.) A3: صَفُقَ, aor. ـُ (M, O, Msb, K,) inf. n. صَفَاقَةٌ, said of a garment, or piece of cloth, (S, M, O, Msb, K,) It was strong, stout, or firm; (M;) thick, substantial, close, or compact, in texture: (O, Msb, K:) and so سَفُقَ. (T, S, &c., in art. سفق.) b2: And, said of a face, (S, O, K, TA,) (tropical:) It was impudent; or had little shame. (O, K, TA.) 2 صَفَّقَ see 1, former half, in five places. b2: التَّصْفِيقُ بِاليَدِ means The making a sound with the hand [by clapping]: (S:) one says, صفّق بِيَدَيْهِ [He clapped with his hands; or clapped his hands]: (O, Msb:) and النِّسَآءُ يُصَفِّقْنَ عَلَى المَيِّتِ [The women clap their hands in lamenting over the dead: thus they often do in the present day, over the corpse and over the grave]: (TA:) التَّصْفِيقُ is syn. with التَّصْفِيحُ: (As, O:) or (O) the former signifies the striking with the palm of one hand upon that of the other; (O, K;) but the latter is better expl. as the striking with the outer side of the right hand upon the inner side of the left hand. (O.) [See also 2 in art. صفح.] b3: صفّق القِرْبَةَ, (M, TA,) inf. n. تصْفِيقٌ, (TA,) He poured water into the skin, (M, TA,) and shook it about, (TA,) the skin being new, so that the water came forth yellow. (M.) b4: See also 1, latter half, in two places. b5: صفّق الشَّرَابَ He mixed the wine, or beverage. (M.) b6: And, (M,) inf. n. as above; (S, O, K;) and ↓ صَفَقَهُ, (M,) inf. n. صَفْقٌ; (K;) and ↓ اصفقهُ, (M,) inf. n. إِصْفَاقٌ; (K;) He transferred the wine, or beverage, from one vessel to another, (S, M, O, K,) or from one jar to another, (As, TA,) it being mixed, (K,) in order that it might become clear. (M, K.) b7: تَصْفِيقُ الإِبِلِ means The removing of camels from a place which they have depastured to a place in which is pasture: (S, O, K: *) thus in the saying of the rájiz (Aboo-Mohammad El-Fak'asee, O) cited in the first paragraph of art. زل: (S, O:) or التَّصْفِيق in that instance, accord. to IAar, is from صفّق القَوْمُ فِى البِلَادِ The people, or party, went far in the country in search of pasture: (M:) [or] صفّق, said of a man, (Ibn-'Abbád, O,) inf. n. as above, (K,) means He went away; and he went round about. (Ibn-'Abbád, O, K.) b8: And التَّصْفِيقُ signifies also The forming a determined intention or purpose, and then reversing it. (TA.) 3 صافق عِنْدَ صَفْقَةِ البَيْعِ [He struck his hand upon that of another in token of the ratification of the sale]. (T in art. دو. [See also 6.]) b2: صافقت said of a she-camel, She lay, or slept, upon one side one time and upon the other side another time: from صَفْقٌ meaning جَانِبٌ. (M. [And the same is indicated in the O.]) and فُلَانٌ يُصَافِقُ بَيْنَ جَنْبَيْهِ Such a one turns over upon this صَفْق [or side] one time and upon the other another. (O.) And بَاتَ فُلَانٌ يُصَافِقُ [Such a one passed the night turning over from side to side]. (Z, TA.) b3: [Accord. to the K, said of a she-camel, She was taken with the pains of parturition; i. q. مَخَضَتْ: but this is app. a mistake; for it seems to have been taken from the saying in the O, (one of the principal sources of the K,) إِذَا مَخَضَتِ النَّاقَةُ صَافَقَتْ, which evidently means When the she-camel is taken with the pains of parturition, she turns over from side to side; as is there indicated by the context both before and after.] b4: صافق بَيْنَ قَمِيصَيْنِ, (M,) or بين ثَوْبَيْنِ, (K,) He wore two shirts, (M,) or two garments, (K,) one of them over the other. (M, K.) 4 أَصْفَقَ see 1, latter half, in five places: b2: and see also 2.

A2: أَصْفَقُوا عَلَيْهِ i. q. تَبَايَعُوا عَلَيْهِ [i. e. They made a covenant, or compact, respecting it, or to do it, as though by striking their hands together], namely, the thing, or affair: (TA in art. بيع: [see صَفَقَ يَدَهُ بِالبَيْعَةِ; and see also 3, and 6, and صَفْقَةٌ:]) they combined consentaneously, or agreed together, respecting it, or to do it, namely, the thing, or affair; syn. أَطْبَقُوا عَلَيْهِ, (S, O, K,) or اِجْتَمَعُوا عَلَيْهِ. (M.) And أَصْفَقُوا عَلَيْنَا [They combined, or collected themselves together, against us]. (M, from a verse of Zuheyr.) أَصْفَقَتْ لَهُ نِسْوَانُ مَكَّةَ occurs in a trad. as meaning The women of Mekkeh collected themselves together to him: or, as some relate it, ↓ اِنْصَفَقَتْ. (TA.) And one says, أَصْفَقُوا لَهُ meaning حَشَدُوا [i. e. They collected themselves together to him; or they combined to treat him with courtesy and honour]. (M.) b2: اصفق لَهُمْ He brought them as much food as would satisfy their hunger: (O, K:) said in relation to the entertainment of guests. (O.) b3: أَصْفَقَتْ يَدُهُ بِكَذَا, (S, O,) or يَدِى, (K,) His hand, or my hand, lighted on, met with, or encountered, such a thing; syn. صَادَفَتْهُ and وَافَقَتْهُ. (S, O, K.) En-Nemir Ibn-Towlab says, (S, O, TA,) describing a جَزَّار [or slaughterer of camels], (TA,) حَتَّى إِذَا قُسِمَ النَّصِيبُ وَأَصْفَقَتْ يَدُهُ بِجَلْدَةِ ضَرْعِهَا وَحُوَارِهَا

[Until, or until when, the share was divided, and his hand lighted on the skin of her udder and her young one]. (S, O, TA: but in the S, طُرِحَ is put in the place of قُسِمَ.) A3: أَصْفَقَ القَوْمُ The people, or party, were, or became, in a state of commotion, or tumult; syn. اِضْطَرَبُوا. (M, TA. [See also 8.]) A4: أُصْفِقَ لِى It was appointed, or ordained, for me; or prepared for me. (TA.) A5: اصفق الغَنَمَ He milked the sheep, or goats, but once in the day; (S, M, O, TA;) and so with س: (TA in art. سفق:) or الإِصْفَاقُ signifies the milking once in the day and night. (TA.) A6: اصفق الثَّوْبَ He wove the garment (M, TA) strongly, stoutly, firmly, (M,) thickly, substantially, closely, or compactly. (TA.) 5 تصفّق He (a man) turned over and over; (M;) he moved repeatedly to and fro, syn. تَرَدَّدَ, (M, O, K,) from side to side. (M.) And تصفّقت She (a camel) turned herself over, upside down (lit. back for belly), (O, K, TA,) when taken with the pains of parturition. (TA.) b2: تصفّق لِلْأَمْرِ He addressed, or applied, or directed, himself, or his regard, or attention, or mind, to the affair; syn. تَعَرَّضَ لَهُ. (Sh, O, K.) 6 تصافقوا (S, M, O) They struck their hands upon the hands of others (O) عِنْدَ البَيْعَةِ [on the occasion of the ratifying of a sale, or covenant]: (S, O:) or they [struck a bargain;] bought and sold; or made a covenant, or compact; one with another. (M, TA.) 7 انصفق It (a garment, or piece of cloth,) was beaten by the wind, so that it moved to and fro. (M. TA.) [See also 8.] b2: It (a door) became shut, or closed: and so with س: (TA in art. سفق:) [or it shut again of itself:] said of a door which, when opened, will not remain open. (TA in art. دلق.) b3: He (a man, TA) turned, or became turned or sent or put, back, or away: (S, O, K, TA:) he [or it] returned. (TA.) b4: And انصفقوا They collected themselves together: the contr. of the next preceding signification. (TA.) See also 4. b5: And one says, انصفقوا عَلَيْنَا يَمِينًا وَشِمَالًا They came upon us on the right and left. (M, TA.) 8 اصطفقت الأَشْجَارُ The trees became shaken, or agitated, by the wind. (S, O, K, TA.) and اصطفق العُودُ The lute had its chords put in motion, (S, O, K, TA,) so that they responded, one to another. (TA.) b2: اصطفق الآفَاقُ بِالبَيَاضِ The tracts of the horizon flickered with whiteness, and the light thereof spread. (TA.) b3: and اصطفق المَجْلِسُ بِالقَوْمِ The sitting-place became a scene of commotion, or tumult, with the people, or party. (TA. [See also 4, latter part.]) صَفْقٌ: see صَفْقَةٌ.

A2: Also A side; a lateral part or portion; (S, M, O, K;) and so ↓ صُفْقٌ, (S, O, K,) and ↓ صَفَقٌ; (M, O, K;) syn. نَاحِيَةٌ, (S, M, O, K,) and جَانِبٌ. (M, TA.) Of a mountain, (S, O, K,) it signifies in like manner, (O,) its صَفْح, (S, O, K,) and its نَاحِيَة: (S:) [both of which signify as above: or by the former may be meant what here follows:] or its face, (M, K,) in the upper part thereof, above the حَضِيض [or low ground at, or by, the base, or foot]: (M:) pl. صُفُوقٌ. (S, O.) [In like manner also,] صَفْقَا العُنُقِ signifies The two sides of the neck. (M, K.) And صَفْقَا الفَرَسِ The two cheeks of the horse. (M, K.) b2: Also A place. (K.) b3: See also صِفْقٌ.

A3: And see صَفَقٌ, in two places.

صُفْقٌ: see the next preceding paragraph.

صِفْقٌ, with kesr, The مِصْرَاع [i. e. either half, or leaf,] of a door [meaning of a folding door]: (K:) [or, accord. to the O, it is ↓ صَفْقٌ, for it is there said that صَفْقَا البَابِ means مِصْرَاعَاهُ; but SM follows the reading in the K without remarking upon the difference in the O; and adds,] and one says, بَابُ دَارِهِ صِفْقٌ وَاحِدٌ [meaning The door of his house is one leaf; i. e.] when it does not consist of what are termed مِصْرَاعَانِ. (TA.) صَفْقٌ: see صَفْقٌ.

A2: Also Water that is poured into a new skin, and shaken in it, and in consequence becomes yellow; (S, O, K;) or yellow water that comes forth from a new skin upon which water has been poured; (M;) and so ↓ صَفْقٌ. (M, K.) Hence, (TA,) one says, وَرَدْنَا مَآءً كَأَنَّهُ صَفَقٌ [We came for the purpose of drinking to water as though it were the yellow water that comes forth from a new skin]. (S, O.) b2: And A new skin upon [or into] which water is poured, in consequence whereof yellow water comes forth from it. (M.) b3: Also, accord. to AHn, (M,) or so ↓ صَفْقٌ, (K,) The odour, and savour, of دِبَاغ [or tan]. (M, K.) b4: And The former, accord. to Ibn-'Abbád, The last of دِبَاغ [or tan]: (O, TA:) in the K, آخِرُ الدِّمَاغِ is erroneously put for آخر الدِّبَاغ. (TA.) صَفْقَةٌ A striking of the hand [of one person] upon the hand [of another] in [ratifying] a sale or purchase and a covenant: (Mgh:) and ↓ صَفْقٌ is [used in the same sense, being an inf. n. and also] a subst. from the verb in the phrase صَفَقَ يَدَهُ بِالبَيْعَةِ [expl. in the first paragraph of this art.]; (M, K;) as also ↓ صِفِقَّى, like زِمِجَّى, (K,) or ↓ صِفَقَّى, (so in a copy of the M,) which is mentioned by Sb, (M, TA,) and of which Seer says that it may be from صَفْقُ الكَفِّ عَلَى الأُخْرَى. (TA. [See 1, first sentence.]) b2: Hence it is used to signify The contract itself that is made in the case of a sale, (Mgh, Msb,) and the covenant that one makes: (Mgh:) or an agreement respecting a thing: (M, TA:) Az says that it relates to the seller and the buyer. (Msb.) [and it is sometimes with س in the place of ص.] One says, رَبِحَتْ صَفْقَتُكَ i. e. [May] thy purchase [bring profit]. (S, O.) And بَارَكَ اللّٰهُ لَكَ فِى صَفْقَةِ يَمِينِكَ i. e. [May God bless thee in] the contract [(lit. the striking) of thy right hand]. (Msb.) And صَفْقَةٌ رَابِحَةٌ, and صَفْقَةٌ خَاسِرَةٌ, (S, O, K,) A sale or bargain [bringing gain, and a sale or bargain occasioning loss]. (K.) And إِنَّهُ لَمُبَارَكُ الصَّفْقَةِ [Verily he is blessed in respect of bargaining]; meaning that he buys not anything without gaining in it. (TA.) And قَدِ اشْتَرَيْتُ اليَوْمَ صَفْقَةً

صَالِحَةً [I have purchased to-day a good purchase]. (TA.) And البَيْعُ صَفْقَةٌ أَوْ خِيَارٌ Selling is decisive or with the option of returning. (Mgh.) And it is said in a trad. (of Ibn-Mes'ood, TA), صَفْقَتَانِ فِى صَفْقَةٍ رِبًا i. e. Two bargains in a [single] bargain [are an unlawful gain]: this is of two kinds: one is the seller's saying to the buyer, “I sell to thee such a thing for a hundred dirhems on the condition of thy buying of me this garment, or piece of cloth, for such a sum: ” the other kind is his saying, “I sell to thee this garment, or piece of cloth, for twenty dirhems on the condition of thy selling to me thy commodity for ten dirhems. ” (O.) And it is said in another trad., إِنَّ أَكْبَرَ الكَبَائِرِ أَنْ تُقَاتِلَ أَهْلَ صَفْقَتِكَ i. e. [Verily the greatest of great sins is] thy fighting those with whom thou hast made a covenant: because each of the two persons making a covenant puts his hand in the hand of the other, like as is done by each of two persons selling and buying. (TA.) صِفِقَّى or صِفَقَّى: see the next preceding paragraph.

صِفَاقٌ The inferior [or inner] skin, that is beneath the skin upon which is the hair: (S, O, K:) a thin skin beneath the upper skin and above the flesh: (IAth, TA:) or the صِفَاق of the belly is the skin, (M,) the inner skin, (TA,) that is next to the سَوَاد, (M, TA,) the سَوَاد of the belly, (TA,) [i. e. the liver,] and which is the part where the farrier perforates the beast (بَنْقُبُ مِنَ الدَّابَّةِ) [at the navel, in order that a yellow fluid may issue forth]: (M, TA:) or the صَفَاق is the part around the navel, where the farrier performs the operation above mentioned: (AA, TA:) or the skin which, when the مَسْك [or hide] is stripped off, remains cleaving to the belly, and the rending of which occasions a [rupture termed] فَتْق; so says As, in the “ Book of the Horse: ” (TA:) or what is between the جِلْد [or outer skin] and the مُصْرَان [or intestines into which the food passes from the stomach]; (ISh, O, K;) com-prising all of what are termed the مَرَاقّ of the belly, beneath the جِلْد thereof, to the سَوَاد of the belly [i. e. the liver]; the مَرَاقّ of the belly being all that has not a bone curving over it: (ISh, O:) or the skin of the whole of the belly: (O, K:) the pl. is صُفُقٌ, only. (M, TA.) صَفُوقٌ An abominable acclivity or ascending road or mountain-road difficult of ascent: pl. صَفَائِقُ and صُفُقٌ. (M, K.) And A mountain, (K,) or an obstacle, or elevated portion, of mountains, (O,) such as is inaccessible. (O, K.) And A smooth, high rock: pl. صُفُقٌ. (Ibn-'Abbád, O, K.) A2: Also, applied to a bow, Pliant. (Fr, O, K.) b2: [In the TA, in a verse of Aboo-Dhu-eyb describing a bow, to which it seems to be there applied as an epithet, it is expl. as signifying راجعة; but I think that this is a mistranscription for رَاجِفَةٌ, meaning Quivering. b3: Freytag has assigned to it three explanations which belong to صِفَاقٌ.]

صَفِيقٌ, applied to a garment, or piece of cloth, (S, M, Mgh, O, Msb, K,) strong, stout, or firm; (M;) thick, substantial, close, or compact, in texture: (Mgh, O, Msb, K:) and سَفِيقٌ is a dial. var. thereof. (TA.) b2: Also (assumed tropical:) Hardy, strong, sturdy, enduring, or patient. (M.) b3: And applied to a face (S, O, K, TA) as meaning (tropical:) Impudent; or having little shame. (O, K, TA.) And رَجُلٌ صَفِيقُ الوَجْهِ (assumed tropical:) A man having no shame. (Har p. 368.) صَفِيقَةٌ: see صَافِقَةٌ.

صَفَائِقُ Travelling-camels (رِكَابٌ) coming and going. (Ibn-'Abbád, O.) b2: See also صَافِقَةٌ.

صَفَّاقٌ A cock that beats with his wings when crowing. (TA.) b2: It occurs in a trad., followed by أَفَّاق in apposition, and is said by As to mean اَلَّذِى يَصْفِقُ عَلَى أَمْرٍ عَظِيمٍ [app. One who goes away on some great affair]: but in the opinion of Az, it means one who makes many journeys, and who employs himself, or uses art or artifice or cunning, in affairs of traffic; thus nearly agreeing in meaning with أفَّاقٌ. (O: the latter meaning only is assigned to it in the K.) صَافِقَةٌ A company (IDrd, M, O, K) of men [alighting at one's abode]. (IDrd, M, O.) See 1, near the end. b2: Also A calamity, or misfortune: (M, TA:) pl. صَوَافِقُ: (M:) this pl. and ↓ صَفَائِقُ, (O, K, TA,) which latter may be pl. of ↓ صَفِيقَةٌ, (TA,) signify accidents, or evil accidents, (O, K, TA,) and varieties, or vicissitudes, of events. (O, TA.) أَصْفَقُ A garment, or piece of cloth, more [strong, stout, firm,] thick, substantial, close, or compact, in texture, than another. (Mgh.) أَصْفَقَانِيَّةٌ [written in one place with fet-h, and in another with kesr, to the ف,] i. q. خَوَلٌ [A man's slaves, or servants, and other dependents; or slaves, and cattle, or camels &c.;] in the dial. of El-Yemen. (TA.) مَصْفَقٌ A place of passage; a way, road, or path; syn. مَسْلَكٌ. (O, TA.) مُصَفَّقٌ [pass. part. n. of 2, q. v.]. One says, لَكَ عِنْدِى وُدٌّ مُصَفَّقٌ وَنُصْحٌ مُرَوَّقٌ (tropical:) [I have, for thee, an affection defecated like wine that has been transferred from one vessel to another and left to settle, and a benevolence purified like clarified wine]. (TA.) b2: Also A full [or filled] drinking-vessel. (Fr, TA.) مُصَافِقٌ A camel lying, or sleeping, upon one side one time and upon the other side another time. (O, K.) b2: And مُصَافِقٌ بَيْنَ ثَوْبَيْنِ Wearing two garments, one of them over the other. (Ibn-'Abbád, O.)

درك

1 دَرَكَ, from which should be derived دَرَاكِ and دَرَّاكٌ, is unused, though its noun درك [i. e. دَرْكٌ or دَرَكٌ, which latter (the more common of the two) see below,] is used. (IB.) [دَرَكَ in Golius's Lex. is evidently a mistranscription for دَارَكَ.]2 تَدْرِيكٌ The dropping of rain with close consecutiveness, (IAar, K, TA,) as though one portion thereof overtook another. (IAar, TA.) You say, درّك المَطَرُ The rain dropped with close consecutiveness. (TK.) b2: Also The hanging a rope upon the neck of a person in coupling him with another. (AA.) 3 دِرَاكٌ The making one part, or portion, of a thing, (K, TA,) whatever it be, (TA,) to follow another uninterruptedly; (K, TA;) as also مُدَارَكَةٌ: (TA:) both [are inf. ns. of دارك, and] signify the same [i. e. the continuing, or carrying on, a thing uninterruptedly]: (S:) مُدَارَكَةٌ is when there are no intervals between things following one another; like مُوَاصَلَةٌ: otherwise it is مُوَاتَرَةٌ. (S and K in art. وتر.) You say, of a man, دارك صَوْتَهُ He continued his voice uninterruptedly. (S, TA.) b2: Also A horse's overtaking, or coming up with, wild animals (K, TA) &c. (TA.) You say, of a horse, دارك الوَحْشَ, inf. n. دِرَاكٌ, He overtook, or come up with, the wild animals. (TK.) [Thus it is syn. with ادرك.]

b3: In the saying, لَا بَارَكَ اللّٰهُ فِيهِ وَلَا دَارَكَ, (S, K, * TA,) it is an imitative sequent: (K, TA:) all these verbs have one and the same meaning. (S, TA. [See تَارَكَ.]) 4 ادركهُ, (S Msb, K, &c.,) inf. n. إِدْرَاكٌ (S, Msb) and مُدْرَكٌ, (Msb,) He, or it, attained, reached, overtook, or came up with, him, or it: (S, K, TA:) or sought, or pursued, and attained, reached, &c., him, or it: (Msb:) [داركهُ, also, signifies the same, as shown above:] and ↓ تداركهُ, likewise, [of which اِدَّراَكَهُ is a variation,] is syn. with ادركهُ; (Jel in lxviii. 49, and KL, * and TA; *) and so is ↓ اِدَّرَكَهُ. (TA.) You say, أَدْرَكْتُ الرَّجُلَ and ↓ اِدَّرَكْتُهُ [I attained, reached, overtook, or came up with, the man]. (IJ, TA.) And مَشَيْتُ حَتَّى أَدْرَكْتُهُ I walked, or went on foot, until I overtook him, or came up with him. (S, TA.) And عِشْتُ حَتَّى أَدْرَكْتُ زَمَانَهُ I lived until I attained, or reached, his time. (S, TA.) And أَدْرَكْتُ الفَائِتَ [I attained, &c., that which was passing away]. (Mgh.) and ادركهُ بِمَكْرُوهٍ [He overtook him, or visited him, with some displeasing, or abominable, or evil, action]. (M and K in art. وتر. See also 6, in the latter half of the paragraph, in two places: and see 10, first sentence.) And أَدْرَكَنِى الجَهْدُ [Difficulty, or distress, &c., overtook me, ensued to me, or came upon me]; a phrase similar to بَلَغَنِى

الكِبَرُ in the Kur [iii. 35]: and so أَدْرَكْتُ الجَهْدَ [I came to experience difficulty, &c.]; like بَلَغْتُ مِنَ الكِبَرِ عُتِيًا in the Kur [xix. 9]. (Er-Rághib, TA in art. بلغ.) b2: [Hence, He attained, obtained, or acquired, it; and so ↓ تداركهُ, as is shown in the KL; so too ادرك بِهِ, for one says,] ادرك بِدَمِهِ [He obtained revenge, or retaliation, for his blood]. (S in art. وتر.) b3: [Hence also, He perceived it; attained a knowledge of it by any of the senses.] You say, أَدْرَكْتُهُ بِبَصَرِى [I perceived it by my sight;] I saw it. (S, TA.) لَا تُدْرِكُهُ الأَبْصَارُ, in the Kur [vi. 103], means, accord. to some, The eyes [perceive him not]: accord. to others, the mental perception comprehendeth not [or attaineth not the knowledge of] the real nature of his hallowed essence. (TA.) You say also, ادرك عِلْمِى, meaning My knowledge comprehended that such a thing was a fact. (TA.) b4: [Hence likewise, as an intrans. v., or a trans. v. of which the objective complement is understood,] ادرك also signifies [He attained a knowledge of the uttermost of a thing; or] his knowledge attained the uttermost of a thing. (TA.) See also 6, in the former half of the paragraph, in two places. b5: Also It (a thing) attained its proper time: (Msb, K:) it attained its final time or state, or its utmost point or degree. (K.) [He (a boy, and a beast,) attained his perfect, ripe, or mature, state; and in like manner ادركت is said of a girl: or it is like ادرك as meaning] he (a boy) attained to puberty, (S, Msb,) or to the utmost term of youth. (TA.) It (fruit) attained to ripeness, or maturity; became ripe, or mature; (S Msb;) attained its time, and its utmost degree of ripeness or maturity. (T, TA.) And ادركت القِدْرُ The cooking-pot attained its proper time [for the cooking of its contents]. (TA.) And ادركت الخَمْرُ [The wine became mature]. (Msb and K in art. خمر.) and ادرك مَآءُ الرَّكِيَّةِ The water of the well reached its دَرَك, i. e. its bottom (Aboo-' Adnán, TA.) b6: Also It passed away and came to an end; came to nought; became exhausted; or failed entirely: (S, K:) said in this sense of flour, or meal: (S:) and thus it has been explained as used in the Kur [xxvii. 68], where it is said, [accord. to one reading,] بَلْ أَدْرَكَ عِلْمُهُمْ فِى الآخِرَةِ [Nay, their knowledge hath entirely failed respecting the world to come]. (TA. [See also 6.]) Sh mentions this signification as heard by him on no other authority than that of Lth; and Az asserts it to be incorrect: but it has been authorized by more than one of the leading lexicologists, and the language of the Arabs does not forbid it; for it is said of flour, or meal, and in this case can only mean it came to its end, and entirely failed, or became exhausted; and fruits, when they are ripe (إِذَا أَدْرَكْتْ) are exposed to coming to nought, and so is everything that has attained to its extreme term; so that the signification of “ coming to nought ” is one of the necessary adjuncts of the meaning of إِدْرَاكٌ. (TA.) [In like manner,] ↓ اِدَّرَكَ signifies It (a thing) continued uninterruptedly and then come to nought: (IJ, TA:) and agreeably with this signification is explained the saying in the Kur [xxvi. 61], إِنَّا لَمُدَّرِكُونَ [Verily we are coming to nought, by those who read thus instead of لَمُدْرَكُونَ being overtaken]. (TA.) b7: You say also, ادرك الثَّمَنُ المُشْتَرِىَ, meaning [The payment of] the price was, or became, obligatory on the purchaser: this is an ideal reaching, or overtaking. (Msb.) 6 تدّاركوا i. q. تلاحقوا (S) [i. e.] They attained, reached, overtook, or came up with, one another; as also اِدَّارَكُوا, and ↓ اِدَّرَكُوا; (Sh, TA;) [or] the last of them attained, reached, overtook, or came up with, the first of them. (S Msb, K, TA.) Hence, in the Kur [vii. 36], (S,) حَتَّى إِذَا ادَّارَكُوا فِيهَا جَمِيعًا [Until, when they have overtaken one another, or have successively arrived, therein, all together]: originally تَدَارَكُوا. (S, K. *) And تدارك الثَّرِيَانَ [The two moistures reached each other; (like اِلْتَقَى الثَّرَيَانِ;) meaning] the moisture of the rain reached the moisture of the earth. (S.) b2: And [hence] تدارك signifies [It continued, or was carried on, uninterruptedly; it was closely consecutive in its parts, or portions;] one part, or portion, of it, followed, or was made to follow, another uninterruptedly; said of anything. (TA.) You say, تدارك السَّيْرُ [The course, or pace, or journeying, continued uninterruptedly]. (S and TA in art. حفد, &c.) And تداركت الأَخْبَارُ The tidings followed one another closely. (TA.) b3: [Hence, when said of knowledge, meaning, accord. to Fr, It continued unbroken in its sequence or concatenation.] بَلِ ادَّرَاكَ عِلْمُهُمْ فِى الآخِرَةِ (K, TA,) in the Kur [xxvii. 68], (TA,) [virtually] meansNay, they have no knowledge respecting the world to come: (K, TA:) or, as IJ says, their knowledge is hasty, and slight, and not on a sure footing, &c.: Az says that AA read بَلْ أَدْرَكَ [of which an explanation has been given above (see 4)]: that I'Ab is related to have read ↓ بَلَىآأَدْرَكَ [&c., i. e. Yea, hath their knowledge reached its end &c.?], as interrogatory, and without tesh-deed: and that, accord. to the reading بل ادّراك Fr says that the proper meaning is, [Nay,] hath their knowledge continued unbroken so as to extend to the knowledge of the world to come, whether it will be or not be? wherefore is added, بَلْ هُمْ فِى شَكٍّ مِنْهَا بَلْ هُمْ مِنْهَا عَمُونَ: he says also that Ubeí read, أَمْ تَدَارَكَ; and that the Arabs substitute بَلْ for أَمْ, and أَمْ for بَلْ, when a passage begins with an interrogation: but this explanation of Fr is not clear; the meaning is [said to be] their knowledge shall be unbroken and concurrent [respecting the world to come] when the resurrection shall have become a manifest event, and they shall have found themselves to be losers; and the truth of that wherewith they have been threatened shall appear to them when their knowledge thereof will not profit them: accord. to Aboo-Mo'ádh the Grammarian, the readings ↓ بَلْ أَدْرَكَ &c. and بَلِ ادَّارَكَ &c. mean the same; i. e. they shall know in the world to come; like the saying in the Kur [xix. 39], أَسْمِعْ بِهِمْ وَأَبْصِرْ, &c.: and Es-Suddee says of both these readings that the meaning is, their knowledge shall agree, or be in unison, in the world to come; i. e. they shall know in the world to come that that wherewith they have been threatened is true: or, accord. to Mujáhid, the meaning of بَلِ ادَّارَكَ عِلْمُهُمْ &c. is said to be, is their knowledge concurrent respecting the world to come? بل being here used in the sense of أَم: (TA:) or it may mean their knowledge hath gone on uninterruptedly until it hath become cut short; from the phrase تدارك بَنُو فُلَانٍ meaning The sons of such a one went on uninterruptedly into destruction. (Bd.) A2: تداركهُ: see 4, in two places. It is used in the [primary] sense of أَدْرَكَهُ in the saying in the Kur [lxviii. 49], لَوْ لَا أَنْ تَدارَكَهُ نِعْمَةٌ مِنْ رَبِّهِ لَنُبِذَ بِالْعَرَآءِ [Had not favour (meaning mercy, Jel) from his Lord reached him, or overtaken him, he had certainly been cast upon the bare land]. (Jel.) b2: [Hence, elliptically, He overtook him, or visited him, with good, or with evil.] El-Mutanebbee says, أَنَ فِى أُمَّةٍ تَدَارَكَهَا اللّٰ هُ غَرِيبٌ كَصَالِحٍ فِى ثَمُودِ [I am among a people (may God visit them with favour and save them from their meanness, or visit them with destruction so that I may be safe from them,) a stranger, like Sálih among Thamood]: تداركها اللّٰه is a prayer for the people, meaning ادركها ↓ اللّٰه ونجّاهم من لومهم [i. e.

لُؤْمِهِمْ]: or it may be an imprecation against them, i. e. اللّٰه بالاهلاك لِأَنْجُوَ منهم ↓ ادركهم: [each meaning as explained above:] and IJ says that because of this verse the poet was named المتنبّى. (W p. 35. [The verse there commences with أَنَا; but أَنَ is required by the metre, and is more approved in every case except the case of a pause.]) It is mostly used in relation to aid, or relief, and benefaction: [so that it signifies He aided, or relieved, him; he benefited him; he repaired his, or its, condition; he repaired, amended, corrected, or rectified, it:] whence the saying of a poet, تَدَارَكَنِى مِنْ عَثْرَةِ الدَّهْرِ قَاسِمٌ بِمَا شَآءَ مِنْ مَعْرُوفِهِ المُتَدارِكِ [Kásim relieved me, or has relieved me, from the slip of fortune with what he pleased of his relieving, or continuous, beneficence]. (TA.) [See also, in the first paragraph of art. دق, another example, in a verse of Zuheyr, which is cited in that art. and the present in the TA: and see the syn. تَلَافَاهُ. Hence,] تَدَارَكْتُ مَا فَاتَ i. q. استدركتهُ, q. v. (S, Msb, TA.) 8 اِدَّرَكَ: see 4, first and second sentences: b2: and near the end of the paragraph: b3: and see also 6, first sentence.10 استدرك الشَّىْءَ بِالشَّىءِ [properly] signifies بِهِ ↓ حَاوَلَ إِدْرَاكَهُ [i. e. He sought, or endeavoured, to follow up the thing with the thing]: (K:) as, for instance, الخَطَأَ بِالصَّوَابِ [the mistake with what was right]. (TK.) [Hence,] you say, اِسْتَدْرَكْتُ مَافَاتَ [I repaired, amended, corrected, or rectified, what had passed neglected by me, or by another; and I supplied what had so passed, or what had escaped me, or another, through inadvertence]; and ↓ تَدَارَكْتُهُ signifies the same [in relation to language and to other things; whereas the former verb is generally restricted to relation to language or to a writer or speaker]. (S, Msb.) You say also, استدرك عَلَيْهِ قَوْلَهُ He corrected, or rectified, what was wrong, or erroneous, in his saying: [but more commonly, he supplied what he had omitted in his saying; generally meaning, what he had omitted through inadvertence: and اِسْتَدْرَكْتُهُ عَلَيْه I subjoined it, or appended it, to what he had written, or said, by way of emendation; or, more commonly, as a supplement, i. e., to supply what had escaped him, or what he had neglected:] and hence, عَلَى البُخَارِىِّ ↓ المُسْتَدْرَكُ [The Supplement to ElBukháree; a work supplying omissions of ElBukháree;] by El-Hákim. (TA.) [Thus]

اِسْتِدْرَاكٌ signifies The annulling a presumption, or surmise, originating from what has been before said, [by correcting an error, or errors, or by supplying a defect, or defects,] in a manner resembling the making an exception. (Kull.) [Hence حَرْفُ اسْتِدْرَاكٍ, meaning A particle of emendation, applied to بَلْ, and to لٰكِنَّ or لٰكِنْ.]

دَرْكٌ: see the next paragraph, in eight places.

دَرَكٌ The act of attaining, reaching, or overtaking; syn. لَحَاقٌ; (K, TA; [in the CK, اللِّحاقُ is erroneously put for اللَّحَاقُ;]) [properly an inf. n. of the unused verb دَرَكَ (q. v.), but, having no used verb, said to be] a noun from الإِدْرَاكُ [with which it is syn.], (TA,) or a noun from أَدْرَكْتُ الشَّىْءَ; as also ↓ دَرْكٌ: and hence ضَمَانٌ الدَّرَكِ [which see in what follows]. (Msb.) [Hence,] لَا تَخَافُ دَرَكًا, in the Kur [xx. 80.], means Thou shalt not fear Pharaoh's overtaking thee. (TA.) One says also الطَّريدَةِ ↓ فَرَسٌ دَرْكُ, meaning A horse that overtakes what is hunted; like as they said فَرَسٌ قَيْدُ الأَوَابِدِ. (TA.) b2: b3: Also The attainment, or acquisition, of an object of want: and the seeking the attainment or acquisition thereof: as in the saying, بَكِّرْ فَفِيهِ دَرَكٌ [Be thou early; for therein is attainment, &c.]: and ↓ دَرْكٌ signifies the same. (Lth, TA.) [Hence, perhaps,] يَوْمُ الدَّرِكَ: this was [a day of contest] between El-Ows and El-Khazraj: (K:) thought to be so by IDrd. (TA.) b4: And i. q. تَبِعَةٌ [i. e. A consequence; generally meaning an evil consequence: and perhaps it also means here a claim which one seeks to obtain for an injury]: as also ↓ دَرْكٌ. (S, K.) One says, مَا لَحِقَكَ مِنْ دَرَكٍ فَعَلَىِّ خَلَاصُهُ (S, TA) and ↓ من دَرْكٍ [i. e. Whatever evil consequence ensue to thee, on me be the compensation thereof]: in the A, ما أَدْرَكَهُ من دَرَكٍ فعلىّ خلاصه i. e. مَا يَلْحَقُهُ مِنْ تَبِعَةٍ

[Whatever evil consequence ensue to it, &c.; relating to a thing sold]. (TA.) And hence ضَمَانُ الدَّرَكِ in the case of a claim for indemnification for a fault of a defect or an imperfection in a thing sold [meaning either Responsibility, or indemnification, (see ضَمَانٌ,) for evil consequence]: (TA in the present art:) or this means [indemnification for evil consequence in a sale; i. e., virtually,] the returning of the price to the purchaser on the occasion of requirement by the thing sold: the vulgar say incorrectly [ضَمَان دَرَك, and still more incorrectly] ضُمَان دَرَك [generally meaning thereby I sell this, or I purchase this, on the condition of responsibility, or indemnification, for any fault or defect or imperfection that may be found in it]: (TA in art. ضمن:) [and in this manner ضَمَانُ الدَّرَكِ may be correctly rendered; for] دَرَكٌ also signifies a fault or a defect or an imperfection [in a thing sold]; for instance, in a slave that is sold. (TA in art. عهد.) [In the KT, الدَّرَكُ is also explained as signifying The purchaser's taking from the seller a pledge for the price that he has given him, in fear that the thing sold may require it: but this seems to be an explanation of the case in which the word is used; not of the word itself.]

A2: Also A rope, (M, K,) or a piece of rope, (S,) that is tied upon the [lower] extremity of the main rope (S, M, K) of a well, to the cross pieces of wood of the bucket, (S,) so as to be that which is next the water, (S, M, K,) in order that the main rope may not rot (S, M) in the drawing of water: (M:) or a doubled rope that is tied to the cross pieces of wood of the bucket, and then to the main wellrope: (Az, TA:) and ↓ دَرْكٌ signifies the same. (K. [But only دَرَكٌ is authorized by the TA in this sense.]) [See also كَرَبٌ.] b2: Also, and ↓ دَرْكٌ, The bottom, or lowest depth, (Sh, T, S, M, K,) of a thing, (T, M, K,) as of the sea and the like, (T,) or of anything deep, as a well and the like: (Sh:) pl. أَدْرَاكٌ, (K,) a pl. of both, of a form frequent and analogous with respect to the former, but extr. with respect to the latter; and دَرَكَاتٌ also. (TA.) And A stage of Hell: (IAar:) a stage downwards: (MA:) or stages downwards; like دَرَكَاتٌ: (B:) opposed to دَرَجٌ (MA, B) and دَرَجَاتٌ, (B,) which are upwards: wherefore, (MA, B,) the abodes of Hell, or the stages thereof, are termed دَرَكَاتٌ; (AO, S, MA, K, B;) [Golius and Freytag give دَرَكَةٌ as its sing.; the former as from the S, and the latter as from the K, in neither of which it is found;] and those of Paradise, دَرَجَاتٌ. (S, MA, B.) It is said in the Kur [iv. 144], إِنَّ الْمُنَافِقِينَ فِىالدَّرَكِ الْأَسْفَلِ مِنَ النَّارِ [Verily the hypocrites shall be in the lowest stage of the fire of Hell]: here the Koofees, except two, read ↓ فى الدَّرْكِ. (TA.) b3: [Golius gives another signification, “Pars terræ,” as on the authority of the S and K, in neither of which it is found.]

دِرْكَةٌ The ring of the bow-string, (K, TA,) that falls into the notch of the bow. (TA.) b2: and A thong that is joined to the string of the bow, (K,) of the Arabian bow. (TA.) b3: And A piece that is joined to the girdle when it is too short, (Lh, K,) and in like manner, to a rope, or cord, when it is too short. (Lh, TA.) دَرَاكِ an imperative verbal noun, (S,) meaning أَدْرِكْ [Attain thou, reach thou, overtake thou, &c.]: (K:) form the unused verb دَرَكَ: (IB:) like تَرَاكِ [from تَرَكَ], meaning أُتْرُكْ. (TA.) دِرَاكٌ [an inf. n. of 3, used in the sense of the part. n. ↓ مُتَدَارِكٌ]. You say, طَعَنَهُ طَعْنًا دِرَاكًا He thrust him, or pierced him, with an uninterrupted thrusting or piercing: and شَرِبَ شُرْبًا دِرَاكًا He drank with an uninterrupted drinking: and ضَرْبٌ دِرَاكٌ An uninterrupted beating or striking. (TA.) دِرَاكَةٌ: see مَدْرَكٌ.

دَرِيكَةٌ i. q. طَرِيدَةٌ [as meaning An animal that is hunted]. (S, K.) دَرَّاكٌ an epithet from أَدْرَكَ, (S, Kudot;,) applied to a man, (K,) and signifying كَثِيرُ الإِدْرَاكِ [i. e. One who attains, reaches, or overtakes, &c., much, or often: and also having much, or great, or strong, perception: as will be seen from what follows]: (S, TA:) and so ↓ مُدْرِكٌ [expressly said in the TA to signify كثير الادراك, though why it should have this signification as well as that (which it certainly has) of simply attaining &c., I cannot see,] and ↓ مُدْرِكَةٌ: (K, TA:) the last explained by Lh as signifying سَرِيعُ الإِدْرَاكِ [i. e. quick in attaining, &c.]. (TA.) Keys Ibn-Rifá'ah says, ↓ وَصَاحِبُ الوِتْرِ لَيْسَ الدَّهْرَ مُدْرِكَهُ عِنْدِى وَإِنِّى لَدَرَّاكٌ بِأَوْتَارِ [And he who has a claim for blood-revenge is not ever an attainer of it with (meaning from) me; but verily I am one who often attains bloodrevenges]. (IB.) Seldom does فَعَّالٌ come from أَفْعَلَ; but they sometimes said حَسَّاسٌ دَرَّاكٌ [i. e. Having much, or great, or strong, perception]; it being [in this instance] a dialectal syn. [of حسّاس], or thus for conformity: (S:) it is said to be the only instance of فَعَّالٌ from أَفْعَلَ except جَبَّارٌ and سَأّرٌ; [and some other instances might be added; but all of them require consideration:] accord. to IB, درّاك is from the unused verb دَرَكَ. (TA.) مَدْرَكٌ: see مُدْرَكٌ b2: لَهُ مَدْرَكٌ [if not a mistranscription for مُدْرِكٌ or مُدْرَكٌ] means He has a sense in excess; [app. a preternatural perception, or a second sight;] and so ↓ دِرَاكَةٌ. (TA.) مُدْرَكٌ A place, and a time, of إِدْرَاكٌ [i. e. attaining, reaching, overtaking, &c.]. (Msb.) Hence مَدَارِكُ الشَّرْعِ; (Mgh, Msb;) among which is included investigation of the law by means of reason and comparison; (Mgh;) i. e. The sources from which are sought the ordinances of the law; where one seeks for guidance by means of texts [of the Kur-án or the Sunneh] and by means of investigation by reason and comparison: (Msb:) the lawyers make the sing. to be ↓ مَدْرَكٌ; (Mgh, * Msb;) but there is no way of resolving this: (Msb:) correctly, by rule, it is مُدْرَكٌ; because the meaning intended is a place of إِدْرَاك. (Mgh.) b2: [Also pass. part. n. of 4. b3: And hence, Perceived by means of any of the senses; like مَحْسُوسٌ: and perceived by the intellect; thus opposed to مَحْسُوسٌ.]

مُدْرِكٌ: see دَرَّاكٌ, in two places. b2: [القُوَّةُ المُدْرِكَةُ, and simply المُدْرِكَةُ, as a subst., The perceptive faculty of the mind. See also what next follows.]

مُدْرِكَةٌ: see دَرَّاكٌ. b2: [See also مُدْرِكٌ.] b3: المُدْرِكَاتُ الخَمْسُ and المَدَارِكُ الخَمْسُ signify The five senses. (TA.) [See also مَدْرَكٌ.]

A2: Also The حَجْمَة [a word I do not find in any other instance, app. a mistranscription for مَحْجَمَة (which when written with the article differs very little from the former word) i. e. the place to which the cupping-vessel is applied, for this is often] between the two shoulder-blades: (K:) so says Ibn-'Abbád. (TA.) مُدَارِكَةٌ A woman (TA) that will not be satiated with coitus; (K, TA;) as though her fits of appetency were consecutive. (TA.) مُتَدَارِكٌ Uninterrupted; or closely consecutive in its parts, or portions: differing from مُتَوَاتِرٌ, which is applied to a thing in the case of which there are small intervals. (Lh.) See also دِرَاكٌ. b2: Applied to a rhyme, (Lth, M, K,) and to a word, (Lth, TA,) Having two movent letters followed by a quiescent letter; as فَعُوْ and the like: (Lth, TA:) or having two movent letters between two quiescent letters; as مُتَفَاعِلُنْ, (M, K,) and مُسْتَفْعِلُنْ, and مَفَاعِلُنْ, (M, TA,) and فَعُولُنْ فَعَلْ, (M, K,) i. e. as فَعَلْ when immemediately following a quiescent letter, (M, TA,) and فَعُولُ فُلْ, (M, K,) i. e. as فُلْ with a movent letter immediately followed by it: (M, TA:) as though the vowel-sounds overtook one another without an obstacle between the two movent letters. (M, K.) b3: [المُتَدَارِكُ is also the name of The sixteenth metre of verse; the measure of which consists of فَاعِلُنْ eight times.]

مُسْتَدْرَكٌ [A supplement]: see 10. b2: [In the TA and some other similar works, it is often used as signifying Superfluous, or redundant.]

جسر

1 جَسَرَ, (K,) aor. ـُ (TA,) inf. n. جَسَارَةٌ (A, K, KL) and جُسُورٌ, said of a man, (K,) He was daring, courageous, or bold: (A, KL:) he acted with penetrating energy, or sharpness, vigorousness, and effectiveness; syn. مَضَى and نَفَذَ. (K.) You say, جَسَرَ عَلَى كَذَا, aor. ـُ inf. n. جَسَارَةٌ, He ventured upon such a thing daringly, courageously, or boldly; (S, A;) as also ↓ تجاسر: (S:) and عَلَيْهِ ↓ تجاسر he emboldened himself against it, or him. (A, K.) And جَسَرَ عَلَى عَدُوِّهِ, (A, Msb,) aor. ـُ inf. n. جُسُورٌ and جَسَارَةٌ, (Msb,) He acted daringly, conrageously, or boldly, against his enemy. (A.) And لَا يَجْسُرُ أَنْ يَفْعَلَ كَذَا He dares not to do such a thing. (A.) A2: جَسَرَ, (K,) inf. n. جَسْرٌ, (TA,) He (a man) arched, or vaulted, a جِسْر [or bridge]. (K.) b2: It is said of [the giant] 'Ooj (عُوج), in a trad., وَقَعَ عَلَى نِيلِ مِصْرَ فَجَسَرَهُمْ سَنَةً, i. e., (tropical:) [He fell down upon the Nile of Egypt, and] became a bridge to them [for the space of a year]. (A.) b3: And one says, جَسَرَتِ الرِّكَابُ المَفَازَةَ, and ↓ اِجْتَسَرَتْهَا, (tropical:) The travellingcamels crossed, or passed over, the desert, (A, K,) as by a bridge: (A:) and السَّفِينَةُ البَحْرَ ↓ اجتسرتِ (tropical:) The ship crossed, or passed over, the sea: (A:) or rode upon, and passed through, the sea. (K.) 2 جسّرهُ, (A, K,) inf. n. تَجْسِيرٌ; (K;) [and ↓ اجسرهُ; (see أَغَرَّهُ;)] He encouraged him; emboldened him. (A, K.) 4 أَجْسَرَ see 2.6 تجاسر: see 1, in two places. b2: Also He stretched himself up, and raised his head. (K.) b3: تجاسر لَهُ بِالعَصَا He put himself in motion to him (En-Nawádir, K) with the staff, or stick. (K.) b4: تجاسروا They acted with mutual daring or courage or boldness. (KL.) b5: They journeyed [app. with boldness, or emulating one another in boldness]. (TA.) b6: الخَيْلُ تَجَاسَرُ بِالكُمَاةِ [for تَتَجَاسَرُ] (tropical:) The horses convey the brave armed men away, or along, or across. (A.) 8 إِجْتَسَرَ see 1, last sentence, in two places.

جَسْرٌ: see جَسُورٌ, in two places. b2: Also, applied to a he-camel, Sharp, spirited, or vigorous; syn. مَاضٍ [as contr. of بَلِيدٌ]; as also جَسْرَةٌ and ↓ مُتَجَاسِرَةٌ applied to a she-camel: or (so in the K accord. to the TA; but in the CK, “and ”) tall: (K:) or tall and bulky: and with ة, applied to a she-camel, it has this last signification; (TA;) or signifies strong, and bold to endure travel: (A, TA:) the masc. epithet applied to a he-camel is rare. (Lth, TA.) b3: Also Large, or bulky; applied to a camel, (S, K,) &c., (S,) or to anything, (K,) or to any limb, or member: (TA:) fem. with ة. (S, K.) b4: جَسْرَةُ السَّوَاعِدِ, and المُخَدَّمِ, Full or plump [in the fore arms, and in the place of the anklet]; applied to a girl, or young woman. (A, TA.) A2: See also what next follows.

جِسْرٌ and ↓ جَسْرٌ [A bridge; and a dyke, or causeway:] that on which one crosses over a river or the like; (S, Mgh, Msb, K;) as a قَنْطَرَة and the like; (TA;) whether built or not built: (Mgh, Msb:) and a bridge of boats; boats bound together, and tied to stakes in the bank, being over a river; see قَنْطَرَةٌ: (TA:) pl. (of pauc., TA) أَجْسُرٌ (K) and (of mult., TA) جُسُورٌ. (S, Msb, K.) [Hence,] المَوْتُ جِسْرٌ يُوَصِّلُ الحَبِيبَ

إِلَى الحَبِيبِ (tropical:) [Death is a bridge that conveys the friend to the friend]. (TA.) And جَعَلَ طَاعَتَهُ جِسْرًا إِلَى نَجَاتِهِ (tropical:) [He made his obedience a bridge to his safety]. (A, TA.) جَسُورٌ Daring, courageous, or bold: (S, A:) or courageous and tall; as also ↓ جَسْرٌ: (K:) or courageous; and also tall and bulky; applied to a man; and so ↓ جَسْرٌ: (TA:) fem. of the former without, and sometimes with, ة: (Msb:) and of the latter with ة: (TA:) pl. of the former جُسُرٌ and جُسْرٌ. (K, TA.) It is not applied to a hecamel; but with ة is applied to a she-camel, meaning Bold to traverse rugged, or difficult, tracts. (Msb.) جَسَّارٌ Very daring or courageous or bold. (TA.) مُتَجَاسِرَةٌ: see جَسْرٌ.

قيد

1 قِيدَ: see 2.2 قيّدهُ, inf. n. تَقْيِيدٌ, He put a قَيْد [or pair of shackles] upon his (a horse's) [fore-] legs; he shackled his [fore-] legs. (Msb.) قَيَّدْتُ الدَّابَّةَ [I shackled the fore-legs of the beast; hobbled him: and, in a general sense, bound him.] (S.) ↓ قِيدَ (inf. n. قَيْدٌ, TA) and قُيِّدَ signify the same, [He had shackles put upon his fore-legs; he had his fore-legs shackled]. (K.) See also 5. b2: قَيِّدْهُ بِالْأَلْتِ (assumed tropical:) [Bind thou him by oath]: said when one has not given thee thy right or due. (TA in art. الت.) b3: أُقَيِّدُ جَمَلِى, (inf. n. تَقْيِيدٌ, K.) [lit., I shackle the fore-legs of my camel; meaning,] (tropical:) I fascinate my husband so as to prevent him from going to other women; as though I shackled his legs. (IAth, L, K, * from a trad.) b4: (tropical:) It (fatigue) kept a she-camel from action. (A.) b5: (tropical:) It (beneficence) shackled, or restrained, a person. (A.) b6: قيّد الإِيمَانُ الفَتْكَ (tropical:) [The giving assurance of safety] inhibits assassinating, or assaulting, the مُؤْمَن [i. e. the person to whom assurance of safety has been given (بالمُؤمِنِ in the CK is a mistranscription for بِالمُؤْمَنِ)]; like as shackles inhibit the mischievous animal from doing mischief. (L, K, * from a trad. [See also 1 in art. فتك; where this trad. is cited in full.]) b7: قيّد, (inf. n. تَقْيِيدٌ K,) (tropical:) He pointed a writing with the syllabical signs, or signs which point out the pronunciation and division of syllables: (S, A, L, K:) he pointed a letter: (L:) he restricted a word or phrase [in its signification or application] by that which prevented equivocation and removed ambiguity. (Msb.) A2: (tropical:) He registered, or recorded, a matter of science [&c.] in a book or the like; i. q. ضَبَطَ. (L.) 5 تقيّد quasi-pass. of قيّد [He had shackles put upon his legs; he had his legs shackled: see also 2]. (A.) قَادٌ: see قِيدٌ, قَيْدٌ [A shackle; or fetter: or, generally, a pair of shackles for the fore-legs of a beast, and generally made of rope, but some are of iron; a pair of hobbles; a pair of fetters]: (S, K, &c.:) pl. [of pauc.] أَقْيَادٌ (L, Msb, K) and [of mult.] قُيُودٌ. (S, L, Msb, K.) b2: إِنّ قُيُودَ الأَيَادْ أَوْثَقُ الأَقْيَادْ (tropical:) [Verily the shackles of benefactions are the firmest of shackles]. (A.) [الأَيَادْ is for الأَيَادِى.] b3: What binds together [the two pieces of wood in a camel's saddle which are called] the عَضُدَانِ of [the two broad pieces of wood called] the مُؤَخَّرَتَانِ, (L, K [in the former of which, however, instead of ما ضمّ العضدين من الموخّرتين, the reading in the K, is put ما ضمّ العضدتين المؤخّرتين, which I suppose to be a mistake]) at their upper part, being a thong. (L.) b4: A plaited thong between [the two pieces of wood called] the حِنْوَانِ of a camel's saddle of the kind called رَحْل, at the upper part; and sometimes, of a horse's saddle. (L.) b5: The thong that binds together [the two pieces of wood called] the عَرْقُوَتَانِ of a camel's saddle of the kind called قَتَب. (S, L, K.) b6: Anything that binds one part of a thing to another part. (L.) b7: The extended thing at the lower extremities of the suspensory cords or strings of a sword, which is held by [the rings called] the بَكَرَات. (L, K.) b8: قَيْدَا البَازِى The jesses of the hawk or falcon; syn. سِبَاقَاهُ (S, O, K, all in art. سبق.) b9: قَيْدُ الأَسْنَانِ The gum wherein the teeth are set: (K:) قُيُودُ الاسنان the gums: (L:) or the portions of the flesh of the gums that rise between the teeth; likened to the red قُيُود which are marks upon camels, made with a hot iron. (ISd, L.) b10: قَيْدُ الفَرَسِ A certain mark made with a hot iron upon the neck of a camel, (S, ISd, L, K,) and upon its face, and thigh, of an oblong shape, (ISd, L,) in the form of a قَيْد [for the legs], (S, L,) or of two rings with a line extending between them. (Nh, L.) b11: قَيْدُ الأَوَابِدِ (tropical:) [lit. Shackles upon the legs of the wild animals which shun, and take fright at, mankind &c.; or, accord. to the L, of the wild asses]: indeterminate in signification, though determinate in its grammatical form: (Sb, L:) an appellation given to a horse, (K,) or to a fleet, or swift, and excellent horse, because, by its swiftness, it overtakes the wild beasts, (T, K,) and prevents their escaping. (T, S.) قيد is here a proper subst. used as an epithet because it imports the attribute of a verb; or it is for تَقْيِد. (IJ, L.) [See also art. ابد and Ham, p. 455.]

b12: (tropical:) A wife: as also غُلٌّ. (TA.) b13: مَا عَلَى هٰذَا الحَرْفِ قيَدْ (tropical:) There is not upon this letter a syllabical sign, or sign which points out the pronunciation, or the division of syllables. (A.) b14: القَيْدُ وَالرَّتْعَةُ, a prov.: see art. رتع.

A2: See also قِيدٌ.

قِيدٌ A whip made of skin. (MF.) A2: قِيدٌ and ↓ قَادٌ (S, L, K) and ↓ قَيْدٌ (K) Measure. (S, L, K.) Ex. بَيْنَهُمَا قِيدُ رُمْحٍ, and قَادُ رمح, Between them two is the measure of a spear. (S.) See also art. قود.

قِيَادٌ A leading-rope (S, K) for a beast of carriage. (S, K.) [But this belongs to art. قود, q. v.]

قَيِّدٌ Tractable; easy to be led. (S, K.) [But this belongs to art. قود, q. v.]

قَيِّدَةٌ: see art. قود.

مَقِيدٌ: see مُقَيَّدٌ.

مُقَيَّدٌ The place of the قَيْد in the leg of a horse; (S, K;) [i. e., the pastern]. Ex. فَرَسٌ عَبْلُ المُقَيَّدِ طَوِيلُ المُقَلَّدِ [A horse large in the place of the shackle, or pastern; long in the place of the collar, or neck]. (A.) b2: The place of the anklet in [the leg of] a woman; (S, K;) [i. e., the ankle]. b3: مُقَيَّدٌ [and ↓ مَقِيدٌ] A camel, or the like, having his legs shackled; having shackles upon his legs: pl. [of the latter] مَقَايِيدُ. (K.) You say هٰؤُلَآءِ

أَجْمَالٌ مَقَايِيدٌ, i. e., مُقَيَّدَاتٌٰ [These are camels having their legs shackled]. (S.) b4: نَاقَةٌ مُقَيَّدَةٌ (tropical:) A jaded she-camel that will not be roused to action. (A.) b5: And مُقَيَّدٌ A place in which a camel is left with his legs shackled. (L, K.) Hence applied to a place abounding with herbage, or pasture. (L.) مُقَيِّدَةُ الحِمَارِ (L) [in the CK, مُقَيَّدَةُ الحِمَارِ, and in most copies of the K, accord. to the TA, الخِمَارِ,] (assumed tropical:) A stony tract, of which the stones are black and worn and crumbling, as though burned with fire; syn. حَرَّةٌ: (L, K: [in a copy of the K, حُرَّةٌ] so called because it impedes the ass, [in the TA, art. حمر, the wild ass,] as though it shackled him. (L.) b2: Hence, (L,) بَنُو مُقَيِّدَةِ الحِمَارِ, (L,) in the K, بَنُو مَقَيَّدَةَ [with fet-h to the ى, and without الحمار] (TA,) [and in the CK, بَنُو مُقَيَّدٍ,] (assumed tropical:) Scorpions: (L, K:) so called because they are in a tract such as is called مقّيدةالحمار. (L.) [See an ex. in some verses cited voce رُمْحٌ.]

تَقْيِيدٌ A note which determines the correct reading or meaning of a word or phrase or the like: and hence, any marginal note: pl. تَقْيِيدَاتٌ.]

بين

1 بَانَ, (M, Mgh, Msb, K,) [aor. ـِ inf. n. بَيْنُونَةٌ and بُيُونٌ (M, Mgh, K) and بَيْنٌ, (M, K,) It (a thing) became separated, severed, disunited, or cut off, (M, Mgh, Msb, K,) عَنِ الشَّىْءِ from the thing. (Mgh.) And بَانَتْ, (M, K,) or بَانَتْ بِالطَّلَاقِ, (Msb,) She (a wife) became separated by divorce, (M, Msb, K,) عَنِ الرَّجُلِ from the man. (M, K.) And بَانَتٌ said of a girl, [She became separated from her parents by marriage;] she married: (ISh, T:) as though she became at a distance from the house of her father. (ISh, TA.) And بَانَ, (M,) or بَانَ بِمَالٍ, aor. ـِ (T,) inf. n. بُيُونٌ (T, M) and بَيْنٌ, (M,) He became separated from his father, or mother, or both, by property [which he received from him, or her, or them,] (Az, T, M,) to be his alone: (Az, T:) and ElFárisee states, on the authority of Az, that one] says also, بَانَ عَنْهُ and بَانَهُ [the former app. meaning he became separated thus from him, i. e., from his father; and the latter being syn. with

أَبَانَهُ, q. v.]. (M.) And بَانَ الخَلِيطُ, inf. n. بَيْنٌ and بَيْنُونَةٌ, [The partner, or copartner, or sharer, &c., became separated from the person, or persons, with whom he had been associated.] (T.) and بَانَتْ يَدُ النَّاقَةِ عَنْ جَنْبِهَا, inf. n. بُيُونٌ, [The fore leg of the she-camel became withdrawn, or apart, from her side.] (T.) And بَانَ, (S, M, Msb,) and بَانُوا, (K,) aor. ـِ (S,) inf. n. بَيْنٌ and بَيْنُونَةٌ, (S, M, Msb, K,) He separated himself, or it separated itself; (S; [in one copy of which it is said of a thing;]) and they separated themselves: (K:) or it (a tribe, M, Msb) went, journeyed, went away, or departed; and went, removed, retired, or withdrew itself, to a distance, or far away, or far off. (Msb.) b2: بَانَ, (T, S, M, &c.,) aor. ـِ (T, Msb,) inf. n. بَيَانٌ; (T, S, Mgh, K;) and ↓ ابان, (T, S, M, &c.,) inf. n. إِبَانَةٌ; (T, Msb;) and ↓ بيّن, (T, S, M, &c.,) inf. n. تَبْيِينٌ; (S;) and ↓ تبيّن; and ↓ استبان; (T, S, M, &c.,) all signify the same; (T, M, Msb;) i. e. It (a thing, T, S, M, Mgh, or an affair, or a case, Msb) was, or became, [distinct, as though separate from others; and thus,] apparent, manifest, evident, clear, plain, or perspicuous: (S, Mgh, Msb, K:) and it was, or became, known. (K.) You say, بَانَ الحَقُّ [The truth became apparent, &c.; or known]; as also ↓ ابان. (T.) and الصُّبْحُ لِذِى عَيْنَيْنِ ↓ قَدْ بَيَّنَ The dawn has become apparent to him who has two eyes: a prov.: (S, M:) applied to a thing that becomes altogether apparent, or manifest. (Har p. 542.) And it is said in the Kur [ii. 257], الرُّشْدُ مِنَ الغَىِّ ↓ قَدْ تَبَيَّنَ [The right belief hath become distinguished from error]. (TA.) and the lawyers, correctly, use the phrase, كَصَوْتٍ لَا مِنْهُ حُرُوفٌ ↓ يَسْتَبِينُ [Like a sound whereof letters are not distinguishable]. (Mgh.) b3: [It seems to be indicated in the TA that بَانَ, aor. ـِ inf. n. بَيْنٌ and بَيْنُونَةٌ, also signifies It was, or became, united, or connected; thus having two contr. meanings; but I have not found the verb used in this sense, though بَيْنٌ signifies both disunion and union.]

A2: بَانَهُ, aor. ـِ inf. n. بَيْنٌ: see بَانَهُ, aor. ـُ inf. n. بَوْنٌ, in art. بون.

A3: See also 2, in two places.2 بيّن, intrans., inf. n. تَبْيِينٌ: see 1, in two places. b2: You say also, بيّن الشَّجَرُ The trees, (K,) or the leaves of the trees, (TA,) appeared, when beginning to grow forth. (K, TA.) and بيّن القَرْنُ (tropical:) The horn came forth. (K, TA.) A2: بيّن بِنْتَهُ: see 4. b2: بيّنهُ, (T, Msb, K,) inf. n. تَبْيِينٌ (T, S) and ↓ تِبْيَانٌ (T, S, * K *) and تَبْيَانٌ; (K;) the second of which three is an anomalous inf. n., (T, S, K,) for by rule it should be of the measure تَفْعَالٌ; (T, S;) but تَبْيَانٌ is not known except accord. to the opinion of those who allow the authority of analogy, which opinion is outweighed by the contrary; (TA;) and تِبْيَانٌ is the only inf. n. of its measure except تِلْقَآءٌ, (T, S,) accord. to the generality of the leading authorities; but some add تِمْثَالٌ, as inf. n. of مَثَّلَ; and El-Hareeree adds to these two, in the Durrah, تِنْضَالٌ, as inf. n. of نَاضَلَهُ; and Esh-Shiháb adds, in the Expos. of the Durrah, تِشْرَابٌ, as inf. n. of شَرِبَ الخَمْرَ; asserting تَشْرَابٌ also to have been heard, agreeably with analogy; [and to these may be added تَبْكَآءٌ and تِمْشَآءٌ, and perhaps some other instances of the same kind;] but some disallow تِفْعَالٌ altogether as the measure of an inf. n., saying that the words transmitted as instances thereof are simple substs. used as inf. ns., like طَعَامٌ in the place of إِطْعَامٌ; (MF, TA;) and Sb says that تِبْيَانٌ is not an inf. n.; for, where it so, it would be تَبْيَانٌ; but it is, from بَيَّنْتُ, like غَارَةٌ from أَغَرْتُ; (M, TA;) [He made it distinct, as though separate from others; and thus,] he made it (namely, a thing, T, S, Mgh, or an affair, or a case, Msb) apparent, manifest, evident, clear, plain, or perspicuous; (S, Msb, K;) as also ↓ ابانهُ, (S, Mgh, Msb, K,) inf. n. إِبَانَةٌ; (Msb;) and ↓ تبيّنهُ; (S, * Msb, K;) and ↓ استبانهُ: (Mgh, Msb, K:) [بيّنهُ is the most common in this sense: and often signifies he explained it: and he proved it:] and ↓ all these verbs signify also he made it known; he notified it: (K:) or ↓ اِسْتَبَنْتُهُ signifies, (S,) or signifies also, (Mgh,) I knew it, or became acquainted with it, [or distinguished it,] (S, Mgh,) clearly, or plainly; (Mgh;) and so ↓ تَبَيَّنْتُهُ; (S, * Mgh;) [and بَيَّنْتُهُ, as appears from an ex. in what follows, from a verse of En-Nábighah:] ↓ بِنْتُهُ and ↓ أَبَنْتُهُ and ↓ اِسْتَبَنْتُهُ and بَيَّنْتُهُ all signify the same as ↓ تَبَيَّنْتُهُ [app. in all the senses of this verb]: (M:) or, of all these verbs, ↓ بَانَ is only intrans.: (Msb:) and ↓ اِسْتَبَنْتُهُ signifies I looked at it, or into it, (namely, a thing,) considered it, examined it, or studied it, repeatedly, in order that it might become apparent, manifest, evident, clear, or plain, to me: (T, TA:) and ↓ تبيّنهُ he looked at it, or into it, (namely, an affair, or a case,) considered it, examined it, or studied it, repeatedly, or deliberately, in order to know its real state by the external signs thereof. (T.) A poet says, وَمَا خِفْتُ حَتَّى بَيَّنَ الشِّرْبُ وَالأَذَى

↓ بقَانِئَةٍ أَنِّى مِنَ الحَىِّ أَبْيَنُ [And I feared not until the drinking, or the time of drinking, and molestation, made manifest, or plainly showed, by a deep-red (sun), that I was separated from the tribe: see قَانِئٌ]. (M.) and it is said in the Kur [xvi. 91], وَأَنْزَلْنَا عَلَيْكَ الكِتَابَ تِبْيَانًا لِكُلِّ شَىْءٍ [And we have sent down to thee the Scripture to make manifest everything]; meaning, we make manifest to thee in the Scripture everything that thou and thy people require [to know] respecting matters of religion. (T.) See also بَيَانٌ, in the latter half of the paragraph. En-Nábighah says, إِلَّا الأَوَارِىَّ مَّا أُبَيِّنُهَا [Except the places of the confinement of the beasts: with difficulty did I distinguish them]; meaning ↓ أَتَبَيَّنُهَا. (S.) You say also, مَا ↓ تَبَيَّنَ يَأْتِيهِ, meaning He sought, or endeavoured, to see, or discover, what would happen to him, of good and evil. (M in art. بصر.) [See also 5, below.]

سَبِيلَ المُجْرِمِينَ ↓ وَلِتَسْتَبِينَ, in the Kur [vi. 55], means And that thou mayest the more consider, or examine, repeatedly, in order that it may become manifest to thee, the way of the sinners, O Mohammad: (T:) or that thou mayest seek, or endeavour, to see plainly, or clearly, &c.; syn. وَلِتَسْتَوْضِحَ سَبِيلَهُمْ: (Bd:) but most read, وَلِيَسْتَبِينَ سيبلُ المجرمين; the verb in this case being intrans. (T.) 3 باينهُ, (K,) inf. n. مُبَايَنَةٌ, (S,) He separated himself from him; or left, forsook, or abandoned, him: (S, TA:) or he forsook, or abandoned, him, being forsaken, or abandoned, by him; or cut him off from friendly or loving communion or intercourse, being so cut off by him; or cut him, or ceased to speak to him, being in like manner cut by him. (K.) [And It became separated from it.]4 ابان, intrans., inf. n. إِبَانَةٌ: see 1, in two places.

A2: ابانهُ, (inf. n. as above, TA,) He separated it, severed it, disunited it, or cut it off. (M, Msb, K, TA.) You say, ضَرَبَهُ فَأَبَانَ رَأْسَهُ (S, K) He smote him and severed his head, مِنْ جَسَدِهِ from his body. (S, TA.) And ابان المَرْأَةَ He (the husband) separated the woman, or wife, by divorce. (Msb.) And ابان بِنْتَهُ, and ↓ بيّنها, (T, K,) inf. n. of the former as above, and of the latter تَبْيِينٌ, (TA,) He married, or gave in marriage, his daughter, (T, K,) and she went to her husband: (T:) from بَيْنٌ signifying "distance:" as though he removed her to a distance from the house, or tent, of her mother. (TA.) And ابان ابْنَهُ بِمَالٍ, (M,) or ابانهُ أَبَوَاهُ, (T,) He separated from himself his son, (M,) or his two parents separated him from themselves, (T,) by [giving him] property, (T, M,) to be his alone: (T:) mentioned on the authority of Az. (T, M.) And ابان الدَّلْوَ عَنْ طِىِّ البِئْرِ He drew away the bucket from the casing of the well, lest the latter should lacerate the former. (M.) b2: See also 2, in three places. b3: [Hence, ابان signifies also He spoke, or wrote, perspicuously, clearly, plainly, or distinctly, as to meaning; or, with eloquence: from بَيَانٌ, q. v.] And ابان عَلَيْهِ He spoke perspicuously, clearly, plainly, or distinctly, and gave his testimony, or evidence, or gave decisive information, against him, or respecting it. (TA.) [The verb thus used is for ابان كَلَامَهُ, and شَهَادَتَهُ.] One says of a drunken man, مَا يُبِينُ كَلَامًا He does not speak plainly, or distinctly; lit., does not make speech plain, or distinct. (Ks, T in art. بت.) b4: [مَا أَبْيَنَهُ How distinct, apparent, manifest, evident, clear, or plain, is it! See an ex. voce بَسُلَ. b5: And How perspicuous, or chaste, or eloquent, is he in speech, or writing! how good is his بَيَان!]5 تبيّن, intrans.: see 1, in two places.

A2: As a trans. verb: see 2, in seven places. b2: [Hence, الأَمْرَ being understood,] He sought, or sought leisurely or repeatedly, to obtain knowledge [of the thing], until he knew [it]; he examined, scrutinized, or investigated: (Bd in xlix. 6:) he sought, or endeavoured, to make the affair, or case, manifest, and to settle it, or establish it, and was not hasty therein: (Idem in iv. 96:) or he acted, or proceeded, deliberately, or leisurely, in the affair, or case; not hastily: (Ks, TA:) or it has a signification like this: in the Kur ch. iv. v. 96 and ch. xlix. v. 6, some read فَتَبَيَّنُوا, and others فَتَثَبَّتُوا; and the meanings are nearly the same: التَّبَيُّنُ was said by Mohammad to be from God, and العَجَلَةٌ [i. e. "haste"] from the devil. (T.) 6 تباينا They two (namely, two men, and two copartners,) became separated, each from the other: (M, TA:) or they forsook, or abandoned, each other; or cut each other off from friendly or loving communion or intercourse; or cut, or ceased to speak to, each other. (K.) And تباينوا They, having been together, became separated: (Msb:) or they forsook, or abandoned, one another; or cut one another off from friendly or loving communion or intercourse; or cut, or ceased to speak to, one another. (S.) b2: [Hence, They two were dissimilar: and they two (namely, words,) were disparate; whether contraries or not: and they two (namely, numbers,) were incommensurable.]10 استبان, intrans.: see 1.

A2: As a trans. verb: see 2, in six places.

بَانٌ a coll. gen. n.: n. un. with ة: see art. بون.

بَيْنٌ has two contr. significations; (T, S, Msb;) one of which is Separation, or disunion [of companions or friends or lovers]. (T, S, M, Msb, K.) Hence, ذَاتُ البَيْنِ as meaning Enmity, and vehement hatred: and the saying لِإِصْلَاحِ ذَاتِ البَيْنِ, i. e. For the reforming, or amending, of the bad, or corrupt, state subsisting between the people, or company of men; meaning for the allaying of the discord, enmity, rancour, or vehement hatred: (Msb:) [but this has also the contr. meaning, as will be seen below: and it is explained as having a vague import; for it is said that] فِى إِصْلَاحِ ذَاتِ البَيْنِ means In the reforming, or amending, of the circumstances subsisting between the persons to whom it relates, by frequent attention thereto. (Mgh.) [Hence also,] غُرَابُ البَيْنِ [The raven of separation or disunion; i. e., whose appearance, or croak, is ominous of separation: said by some to be] the غراب termed أَبْقَعُ [i. e. in which is blackness and whiteness; or having whiteness in the breast]; (S, K;) so described by the poet 'Antarah: (S:) or that which is red in the beak and legs; but the black is called الحَاتِمُ, because it makes [or shows] separation to be absolutely unavoidable, (Abu-1-Ghowth, S, K,) according to the assertion of the Arabs, i. e., by its croak: (Msb in art. حتم:) [or it is any species of the corvus:] Hamzeh says, in his Proverbs, that this name attaches to the غراب because, when the people of an abode go away to seek after herbage, it alights in the place of their tents, searching the sweepings: (Har p. 308:) but accord. to the Kádee of Granada, Aboo-'Abd-Allah Esh-Shereef, this appellation, so often occurring in poetry, properly signifies camels that transport people from one district, or country, to another; and he cites the following verses: غَلِطَ الَّذِينَ رَأَيْتُهُمْ بِجَهَالَةٍ

يَلْحَوْنَ كُلُّهُمُ غُرَابًا يَنْعَقُ مَا الذَّنْبُ إِلَّا لِلْأَبَاعِرِ إِنَّهَا مِمَّا يُشَتِّتُ جَمْعَهُمْ وَيُقَرِّقُ

إِنَّ الغُرَابَ بِيُمْنِهِ تُدْنُو النَّوَى

وَتُشَتِّتُ الشَّمْلَ الجَمِيعَ الأَيْنُقُ [Those have erred whom I have seen, with ignorance, all of them blaming a raven croaking: the fault is not imputable save to the camels; for they are of the things that scatter and disperse their congregation: verily the place that is the object of a journey is brought near by the raven's lucky omen; but the she-camels discompose the united state]: and Ibn-'Abd-Rabbih says, زَعَقَ الغُرَابُ فَقُلْتُ أَكْذَبُ طَائِرٍ

إِن لَّمْ يُصَدِّقْهُ رُغَآءُ بَعِيرِ [The raven cried; and I said, A most lying bird, if the grumbling cry of a camel on the occasion of his being laden do not verify it]. (TA in art. غرب.) b2: Also Distance, (S, M, Msb, K,) by the space, or interval, between two things. (Msb.) You say, بَيْنَ البَلَدَيْنِ بَيْنٌ Between the two countries, or towns, &c., is a distance, of space, or interval: (Msb:) and بَيْنَهُمَا بَيْنٌ Between them two is a distance, with ى when corporeal distance is meant: (Idem in art. بون:) or إِنَّ بَيْنَهُمَا لَبَيْنٌ [Verily between them two is a distance], not otherwise, in the case of [literal] distance. (S.) And you say also, بَيْنَهُمَا بَيْنٌ بَعِيدٌ (T in art. بون, S, M *) and بَوْنٌ بَعِيدٌ (T in art. بون, S, M, * Msb * in art. بون) Between them two [meaning two men] is a [wide] distance; (M;) i. e. between their two degrees of rank or dignity, or between the estimations in which they are commonly held: (Msb in art. بون:) in this case, the latter is the more chaste. (S.) You also say, [using بين to denote An interval of time,] لَقِيتُهُ بُعَيْدَاتِ بَيْنٍ

[I met him after, or a little after, an interval, or intervals,] when you have met him after a while, and then withheld yourself from him, and then come to him. (S, M, K. See also بَعْدُ.]) A2: Also Union [of companions or friends or lovers]; (T, S, M, Msb, K;) the contr. of the first of the significations mentioned above in this paragraph. (T, S, Msb.) [Hence ذَاتُ البَيْنِ as meaning The state of union or concord or friendship or love subsisting between a people or between two parties; this being likewise the contr. of a signification assigned to the same expression above: whence the phrase, إِفْسَادُ ذَاتِ البَيْنِ (occurring in the S and K in art. ابر, and often elsewhere,) The marring, or disturbance, of the state of union or concord &c.: and] hence the saying, سَعَى فُلَانٌ لِإِصْلَاحِ ذَاتِ البَيْنِ مِنْ عَشِيرَتِهِ [Such a one laboured for the improving of the state of union or concord &c. of his kinsfolk; but in this instance, the meaning given in the second sentence of this paragraph seems to be more appropriate]. (Ham p. 569.) b2: ذَاتُ بَيْنِهِمْ may also be used as meaning The vacant space (سَاحَة) that is between their houses, or tents. (Ham p. 195.) A3: بَيْن is also an adverbial noun, [as such written بَيْنَ,] (S, M, Mgh, Msb, K,) capable of being used as a noun absolutely: (M, K:) it relates only to that which has space, as a country; or to that which has some number, either two or more, as two men, and a company of men; and denotes [intervention in] the interval between two things, or the middle, or midst, of two things, (Er-Rághib, TA,) or the middle of a collective number: (S:) [thus it signifies Between, and amidst, and among:] its meaning is [therefore] vague, not apparent unless it is prefixed to two or more [words, or to a word signifying two or more], or to what supplies the place of such a complement: (Msb:) it must necessarily be prefixed, and may not be otherwise than in the manners just explained: (Mgh:) [i. e.] it may not be prefixed to any noun but such as denotes more than one, or to a noun that has another conjoined to it by و, (M,) not by any other conjunction, (M, Msb,) acc0ord. to the usage commonly obtaining. (Msb.) You say بَيْنَ الرَّجُلَيْنِ [Between the two men]: (Er-Rághib, TA:) and المَالُ بَيْنَ القَوْمِ [The property is between the company of men]: (M, Msb, Er-Rághib: *) and المَالُ بَيْنَ زَيْدٍ وَعَمْرٍو [The property is between Zeyd and 'Amr]: and هُوَ بَيْنِى وَبَيْنَهُ [He, or it, is between me and him]: (M:) and جَلَسْتُ بَيْنَ القَوْمِ I sat in the middle of [or amidst or among] the company of men: (S, K:) and بَيْنَكُمَا البَعِيرَ فَخُذَاهُ, with البعير in the accus. case, [See between you two the camel, therefore take him], a saying heard by Ks: (Lin art. عند:) and فَسَدَ مَا بَيْنَهُمْ [The state subsisting among them became bad, or marred, or disturbed]: (S and K in art. ميط:) and بَيْنَ الأَيَّامِ (M and K in art. ندر) and فِيمَا بَيْنَ الأَيَّامِ (S and Msb in that art.) [In, or during, the space of (several) days]: and عَوَانٌ بَيْنَ ذٰلِكَ, in the Kur [ii. 63], is an ex. of its being prefixed to a single word supplying the place of more than one; (Mgh, Msb;) the meaning being, Of middle age, between that which has been mentioned; namely, the فَارِض and the بِكْر. (Bd.) Some allow that two words to the former of which بَيْنَ is prefixed may be connected by فَ, citing as an evidence the phrase used by Imra-el-Keys, بَيْنَ الدَّخُولِ فَحَوْمَلِ [as though meaning Between Ed-Dakhool and Howmal]: but to this it has been replied that الدخول is a name applying to several places; so that the phrase [means amidst Ed-Dakhool &c., and] is similar to the saying, المَالُ بَيْنَ القَوْمِ [mentioned above, or جَلَسْتُ بَيْنَ القَوْمِ, also mentioned above]. (Msb.) [You say also, بَيْنَ أَظْهُرِهِمْ, and بَيْنَ ظَهْرَيْهِمْ

&c., meaning In the midst of them. (See art. ظهر.) And بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ, and بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِمْ, meaning Before him, and before them. بَيْن is also often used absolutely as a noun: thus it is in the Kur lxxxvi. 7, يَخْرُجُ مِنْ بَيْنِ الصُّلْبِ وَالتَّرَائِبِ Coming forth from between, or amidst, the spine and the breast-bones: and in xxxvi. 8 of the same, وَجَعَلْنَا مِنْ بَيْنِ أَيْديهِمْ سَدًّا And we have placed before them (lit. between their hands) a barrier.] It is said in the Kur [vi. 94], لَقَدْ تَقَطَّعَ بَيْنُكُمْ, as some read; or بَيْنَكُمْ, as others: (T, S, M:) the former means Verily your union hath become dissevered: (AA, T, S, M:) the latter, that which was between you; (مَا بَيْنَكُمْ, Ibn-Mes'ood, T, S, or الَّذِى كَانَ بَيْنَكُمْ, IAar, T;) or the state wherein ye were, in respect of partnership among you: (Zj, T:) or the state of circumstances, or the bond, or the love, or affection, [formerly subsisting] among you, or between you; or, accord. to Akh, بَيْنَكُمْ, though in the accus. case as to the letter, is in the nom. case as to the place, by reason of the verb, and the adverbial termination is retained only because the word is commonly used as an adv. n.: (M:) AHát disapproved of the latter reading; but wrongly, because what is suppressed accord. to this reading is implied by what precedes in the same verse. (T.) b2: [It is often used as a partitive, or distributive; as also مَا بَيْنَ: for ex.,] you say, هُمْ بَيْنَ حَاذِفٍ وَقَاذِفٍ, (S and TA in art. قذف,) or هُمْ مَا بَيْنَ حَاذفٍ وقاذفٍ, (TA in art. حذف,) i. e. [They are partly, or in part,] beating with the staff, or stick, and [partly, or in part,] pelting with stones; [or some beating &c., and the others pelting &c.] (S and TA, both in art. قذف, and the latter in art. حذف.) [See also an ex. in a verse cited voce خَيْطَةٌ.] b3: هٰذَا بَيْنَ بَيْنَ means This (namely, a thing, S, or a commodity, Msb) is between good and bad: (S, Msb, K:) or of a middling, or middle, sort: (M:) these two words being two nouns made one, and indecl., with fet-h for their terminations, (S, Msb, K,) like خَمْسَةَ عَشَرَ. (Msb.) الهَمْزَةُ المُخَفَّفَةُ [i. e. the hemzeh uttered lightly] is called هَمْزَةٌ بَيْنَ بَيْنَ, (S, M, K, *) i. e. A hemzeh that is between the hemzeh and the soft letter whence is its vowel; (S, M;) or هَمْزَةُ بَيْنِ بَيْنٍ, the first بين with kesreh but without tenween, and the second with tenween, (Sharh Shudhoor edh-Dhahab,) [i. e. the hemzeh &c.:] if it is with fet-h, it is between the hemzeh and the alif, as in سَاَلَ, (S, M,) for سَأَلَ; (M;) if with kesr, it is between the hemzeh and the yé, as in سَيِمَ, (S, M,) for سَئِمَ; (M;) and if with damm, it is between the hemzeh and the wáw, as in لَوُمَ, (S, M,) for لَؤُمَ: (M:) it is never at the beginning of a word, because of its nearness, by reason of feebleness, to the letter that is quiescent, (S, M,) though, notwithstanding this, it is really movent: (S:) it is thus called because it is weak, (Sb, S, M,) not having the power of the hemzeh uttered with its proper sound, nor the clearness of the letter whence is its vowel. (M.) 'Obeyd Ibn-El-Abras says, تَحْمِى حَقِيقَتَنَا وَبَعْ ضُ القَوْمِ يَسْقُطُ بَيْنَ بَيْنَا i. e. [Thou defendest what we ought to defend, or our banner, or standard, while some of the people, or company of men,] fall, one after another, in a state of weakness, not regarded as of any account: (S:) or it is as though he said, between these and these; like a man who enters between two parties in some affair, and falls, or slips, or commits a mistake, and is not honourably mentioned in relation to it: so says Seer: (IB, TA:) or between entering into fight and holding back from it; as when one says, Such a one puts forward a foot, and puts back another. (TA.) b4: ↓ بَيْنَا and ↓ بَيْنَمَا are of the number of inceptive حُرُوف: (M, K:) this is clear if by حروف is meant "words:" that they have become particles, no one says: they are still adv. ns.: (MF, TA:) the former is بَيْنَ with its [final] fet-hah rendered full in sound; and hence the ا; (Mughnee in the section next after that of وا, and K;) [i. e.,] it is of the measure فَعْلَى [or فَعْلَا] from البَيْن, the [final] fet-hah being rendered full in sound, and so becoming ا; and the latter is بَيْنَ with مَا [restrictive of its government] added to it; and both have the same meaning [of While, or whilst]: (S:) or the ا in the former is the restrictive ا; or, as some say, it is a portion of the restrictive ما [in the latter]: (Mughnee ubi suprà:) and these do not exclude بَيْنَ from the category of nouns, but only cut it off from being prefixed to another noun: (MF, TA:) they are substitutes for that to which بَيْنَ would otherwise be prefixed: (Mgh:) some say that these two words are adv. ns. of time, denoting a thing's happening suddenly, or unexpectedly; and they are prefixed to a proposition consisting of a verb and an agent, or an inchoative and enunciative; so that they require a complement to complete the meaning. (TA.) One says, بَيْنَا نَحْنُ كَذٰلِكَ إِذْ حَدَثَ كَذَا [While we were in such a state as that, lo, or there, or then, such a thing happened, or came to pass]: (M, Mgh, * K: *) and بَيْنَمَا نَحْنُ كَذَا [While we were thus]: (Mgh:) and بَيْنَا نَحْنُ نَرْقُبُهُ أَتَانَا [While we were looking, or waiting, for him, he came to us]; (S, M;) a saying of a poet, cited by Sb; (M;) the phrase being elliptical; (S, M;) meaning بَيْنَ أَوْقَاتِ نَحْنُ نَرْقُبُهُ, (M,) i. e., بَيْنَ

أَوْقَاتِ رِقْبَتِنَا إِيَّاهُ [between the times of our looking, or waiting, for him]. (S, M.) As used to put nouns following بَيْنَا in the gen. case when بَيْنَ might properly supply its place; as in the saying (of Aboo-Dhu-eyb, which he thus recited, with kesr, S), بَيْنَا تَعَنُّقِهِ الكُمَاةَ وَرَوْغِهِ يَوْمًا أُتِيحَ لَهُ جَرِىْءٌ سَلْفَعُ [Amid his embracing the courageous armed men, and his guileful eluding, one day a bold, daring man was appointed for him, to slay him]: (S, K:) in [some copies of] the K, تَعَنُّفِهِ; but in the Deewán [of the Hudhalees], تعنّقه: [in the Mughnee, ubi suprà, تَعَانُقِهِ:] the meaning is بَيْنَ تَعَانُقِهِ; the ا being added to give fulness to the sound of the [final] vowel: (TA:) As used to say that the ا is here redundant: (Skr, TA:) others put the nouns following both بَيْنَا and بَيْنَمَا in the nom. case, as the inchoative and enunciative. (Skr, S, K.) Mbr says that when the noun following بينا is a real subst., it is put in the nom. case as an inchoative; but when it is an inf. n., or a noun of the inf. kind, it is put in the gen., and بينا in this instance has the meaning of بَيْنَ: and Ahmad Ibn-Yahyà says the like, but some persons of chaste speech treat the latter kind of noun like the former: after بينما, however, each kind of noun must be in the nom. case. (AA, T.) [See an ex. in a verse cited towards the end of art. اذ.]

بَيْنَا see بَيْنٌ بَيْنَمَا see بَيْنٌ بِينٌ A separation, or division, (T, M, K,) between two things, (T,) or between two lands; (M, K;) as when there is a rugged place, with sands near it, and between the two is a tract neither rugged nor plain: (T:) an elevation in rugged ground: (M, K:) the extent to which the eye reaches, (T, M, K,) of a road, (T,) or of land: (M:) a piece of land extending as far as the eye reaches: (T, S:) and a region, tract, or quarter: (AA, T, M, K:) pl. بُيُونٌ. (S, TA.) بَيَانٌ is originally the inf. n. of بَانَ as syn. with تَبَيَّنَ, and so signifies The being [distinct or] apparent &c.; (Kull;) or it is a subst. in this sense: (Msb:) or a subst. from بَيَّنَ, [and so signifies the making distinct or apparent &c.,] being like سَلَامٌ and كَلَامٌ from سَلَّمَ and كَلَّمَ. (Kull.) b2: Hence, conventionally, (Kull,) The means by which one makes a thing [distinct,] apparent, manifest, evident, clear, plain, or perspicuous: (S, Er-Rághib, TA, Kull:) this is of two kinds: one is [a circumstantial indication or evidence; or] a thing indicating, or giving evidence of, a circumstance, or state, that is a result, or an effect, of a quality or an attribute: the other is a verbal indication or evidence, either spoken or written: [see also بَيِّنَةٌ:] it is also applied to language that discovers and shows the meaning that is intended: and an explanation of confused and vague language: (Er-Rághib, TA:) or the eduction of a thing from a state of dubiousness to a state of clearness: or making the meaning apparent to the mind so that it becomes distinct from other meanings and from what might be confounded with it. (TA.) b3: Also Perspicuity, clearness, distinctness, chasteness, or eloquence, of speech or language: (T, S:) or simply perspicuity thereof: (Har p. 2:) or perspicuity of speech with quickness, or sharpness, of intellect: (M, K:) or perspicuous, or chaste, or eloquent, speech, declaring, or telling plainly, what is in the mind: (Ksh, TA:) or the showing of the intent, or meaning, with the most eloquent expression: it is an effect of understanding, and of sharpness, or quickness, of mind, with perspicuity, or chasteness, or eloquence, of speech: (Nh, TA:) or a faculty, or principles, [or a science,] whereby one knows how to express [with perspicuity of diction] one meaning in various forms: (Kull:) [some of the Arabs restrict the science of البيان to what concerns comparisons and tropes and metonymies; which last the Arabian rhetoricians distinguish from tropes: and some make it to include rhetoric altogether:] Esh-Shereeshee says, in his Expos. of the Maká-mát [of El-Hareeree] that the difference between بَيَانٌ and ↓ تِبْيَانٌ is this: that the former denotes perspicuity of meaning; and the latter, the making the meaning to be understood; and the former is to another person, and the latter to oneself; but sometimes the latter is used in the sense of the former: (TA:) or the former is the act of the tongue, and the latter is the act of the mind: (Har p. 2:) or the former concerns the verbal expression, and the latter concerns the meaning. (Kull.) It is said in a trad., إِنَّ مِنَ البَيَانِ سِحْرًا (S) or لَسِحْرًا (TA) [Verily there is a kind of eloquence that is enchantment: see this explained in art. سحر]. The saying in the Kur [lv. 2 and 3], خَلَقَ الْإِنْسَانَ عَلَّمَهُ الْبَيَانَ means He hath created the Prophet: He hath taught him the Kur-án wherein is the manifestation of everything [needful to be known]: or He hath created Adam, or man as meaning all mankind: He hath [taught him speech, and so] made him to discriminate, and thus to be distinguished from all [other] animals:(Zj, T:) or He hath taught him that whereby he is distinguished from other animals, namely, the declaration of what is in the mind, and the making others to understand what he has perceived, for the reception of inspiration, and the becoming acquainted with the truth, and the learning of the law. (Bd.) b4: It is also applied to Verbosity, and the going deep, or being extravagant, in speech, and affecting to be perspicuous, or chaste, therein, or eloquent, and pretending to excel others therein; or some بيان is thus termed; and is blamed in a trad., as a kind of hypocrisy; as though it were a sort of self-conceit and pride. (TA.) بِئْرٌ بَيُونٌ A well of which the rope does not strike against the sides, because its interior is straight: or that is wide in the upper part, and narrow in the lower: or in which the drawer of water makes the rope to be aloof from its sides, because of its crookedness: (T:) or deep and wide; (S, K;) because the ropes are wide apart from its sides; (S;) as also ↓ بَائِنَةٌ: (S, TA:) or that is wide between the two [opposite] sides: (M:) pl. [regularly of the latter epithet] بَوَائِنُ. (T, S.) بَيِّنٌ [Distinct, as though separate from others; and thus,] apparent, manifest, evident, clear, plain, or perspicuous; (T, S, Msb, K;) as also ↓ بَائِنٌ (T) and ↓ مُبِينٌ: (T, S:) pl. [of mult.] أَبْيِنَآءُ (S, K) and [of pauc.] بَيِنَةٌ. (K.) Hence, الكِتَابُ

↓ المُبِينٌ [as applied to the Kur, q. v. in xii. 1, &c.,] The clear, plain, or perspicuous, book or writing or scripture: or, as some say, this means the book &c. that makes manifest all that is required [to be known]: (T:) or, of which the goodness and the blessing are made manifest: or, that makes manifest the truth as distinguished from falsity, and what is lawful as distinguished from what is unlawful, and that the prophetic office of Mohammad is true, and so are the narratives relating to the prophets: (Zj, T:) or, that makes manifest the right paths as distinguished from the wrong. (M, TA.) And كَلَامٌ بَيِّنٌ Perspicuous, clear, distinct, chaste, or eloquent, language. (T.) b2: A man, or thing, bearing evidence of a quality &c. that he, or it, possesses. (S and K and other Lexicons passim.) b3: A man (M) perspicuous, or clear, or distinct, in speech or language; or chaste therein; or eloquent; (ISh, T, M, K;) fluent, elegant, and elevated, in speech, and having little hesitation therein: (ISh, T:) pl. أَبْيِنَآءُ (T, M, K) and بُيَنَآءُ and [of pauc.]

أَبْيَانٌ: (Lh, M, K:) the second of these pls. is anomalous: the last is formed by likening فَعِيلٌ to فَاعِلٌ: [for بَيِّنٌ is a contraction of بَيِينٌ:] but the pl. most agreeable with analogy is بَيِّنُونَ: so says Sb. (M.) بَيِّنَةٌ An evidence, an indication, a demonstration, a proof, a voucher, or an argument, (Mgh, TA,) such as is manifest, or. clear, whether intellectual or perceived by sense; (TA;) [originally بَيِينَةٌ,] of the measure فَعِيلَةٌ, from بَيْنُونَةٌ, [see 1, first sentence,] and بَيَانٌ [q. v.]: (Mgh:) and the testimony of a witness: pl. بَيِّنَاتٌ. (TA.) بَائِنٌ In a state of separation or disunion; or separated, severed, disunited, or cut off; (M, * Msb;) as also ↓ أَبْيَنُ, occurring in a verse cited above, voce بَيِّنَ. [Hence,] اِمْرَأَةٌ بَائِنٌ A woman separated from her husband by divorce; (M, Msb, K;) as also ↓ مُبَانَةٌ: the former without ة: (Msb:) like طَالِقٌ and حَائِضٌ: you say [to a wife] أَنْتِ بَائِنٌ [Thou art separated from me by divorce.] (Mgh.) b2: طَلَاقٌ بَائِنٌ is a tropical phrase; and so is طَلْقَةٌ بَائِنَةٌ; (Mgh;) [signifying the same as] تَطْلِيقَةٌ بَائِنَةٌ (S, M, Msb, K) (tropical:) A divorce that is [as it were] cut off; i. q. ↓ مُبَانَةٌ [in the second and third of these phrases, and ↓ مُبَانٌ in the first]: (ISk, Msb:) بائنة being here used in the sense of a pass. part. n.: (S, Sgh, Msb:) or it [is a possessive epithet, and thus] means having separation: this kind of divorce is one in the case of which the man cannot take back the woman unless by a new contract; (TA;) nor without her consent. (MF in art. بت.) b3: قَوْسٌ بَائِنَةٌ, (S, M, K,) and بَائِنٌ, (M, K,) A bow that is widely separate from its string: (S, M, K:) contr. of بَانِيَةٌ; (S, M;) this signifying one that is so near to its string as almost to stick to it: (S:) each of these denotes what is a fault. (S, M.) b4: بِئْرٌ بَائِنَةٌ: see بَيُونٌ. b5: نَخْلَةٌ بَائِنَةٌ A palm-tree of which the racemes have come forth from the spathes, and of which the fruit-stalks have grown long. (AHn, M.) b6: البَائِنُ also signifies He who comes to the milch beast [meaning the she-camel, when she is to be milked,] from her left side; (S, K;) and المُعَلِّى, he who comes to her from her right side: (S:) or the former, he who stands on the right of the she-camel when she is milked, and holds the milking-vessel, and raises it to the milker, who stands on her left, and is called المُسْتَعْلِى: (T:) two persons are engaged in milking the she-camel; one of them holds the milking-vessel on the right side, and the other milks on the left side; and the milker is called المُسْتَعْلِى and المُعَلِّى; and the holder, البائن: (M:) pl. بُيَّنٌ. (T.) It is said in a prov., اِسْتُ البَائِنِ أَعْرَفُ, or, as some say, أَعْلَمُ; meaning (assumed tropical:) He who has superintended an affair, and exercised himself diligently in the management thereof, is better acquainted with it than he who has not done this. (T. [See Freytag's Arab. Prov. i. 606.]) b7: طَوِيلٌ بَائِنٌ Excessively tall, far above the stature of tall men. (TA.) A2: See also بَيِّنٌ.

طَلَبَ إِلَى أَبَوَيْهِ البَائِنَةَ He asked, or begged, of his two parents, the separation of himself from them, by [their giving him] property, (Az, T, M,) to be his alone. (T.) أَبْيَنُ: see بَائِنٌ.

A2: فُلَانٌ أَبْيَنُ مِنْ فُلَانٍ Such a one is more perspicuous, clear, distinct, chaste, or eloquent, in speech or language, than such a one. (S, TA.) تِبْيَانٌ an anomalous inf. n. (T, S, K) of 2, q. v.: (T:) or a subst. used as an inf. n.; (MF, TA;) i. e., a subst. from 2. (Sb, M, TA.) See بَيَانٌ.

مُبَانٌ; and its fem., with ة: see بَائِنٌ, in three places.

مُبِينٌ Separating, severing, disuniting, or cutting off; (S, K;) as also مُبْيِنٌ, like مُحْسِنٌ: (K:) but [the right reading in the K may be وَمُبِينٌ كَمُحْسِنٍ, meaning "and مُبِينٌ is like مُحْسِنٌ:" if not,] مُبْيِنٌ is a mistake. (TA.) A2: See also بَيِّنٌ, in two places.

مَبَايِنُ الحَقِّ [in which the former word is app. pl. of مُبِينَةٌ] signifies The things that make the truth to be apparent, manifest, evident, clear, or plain; or the means of making it so; syn. مَوَاضِحُهُ. (TA.)

فسد

1 فَسَدَ, aor. ـُ (S, M, A, O, L, Msb, K, &c.,) which is the aor. commonly known, (TA,) and فَسِدَ, (IDrd, M, O, L, K,) which is of weak authority; (IDrd, O, TA;) and فَسُدَ, aor. ـُ (S, M, O, L, K;) inf. n. فَسَادٌ (S. M, A, O, L, K) and فُسُودٌ, (M, O, L, K,) the former being inf. n. of فَسَدَ, aor. ـُ (S, A, O,) and so the latter, and the former being also inf. n. of فَسُدَ, (O,) or the former is of فَسُدَ and the latter is of فَسَدَ, (TA,) or the former is a simple subst., and the latter is the inf. n.; (Msb;) It (a thing, S, A, O) [and he (a man)] was, or became, bad, evil, corrupt, unsound, wrong, wrongful, improper, unrighteous, wicked, vitious, depraved, or dishonest; devoid of virtue, or efficacy; in a corrupted, vitiated, perverted, marred, spoiled, injured, impaired, deteriorated, tainted, or infected, state; in a state of disorder or disturbance, destruction, annihilation, consumption, waste, or ruin; (MA, KL, PS, &c.;) and so ↓ استفسد: (KL:) contr. of صَلَحَ: (M, * L, K:) it became altered in its state [for the worse]: and it became null, void, of no force, or of no account; or it came to nought, or perished; accord. to the explanation by most of the expositors of the ex. in the Kur xxi. 22. (MF.) 2 فَسَّدَ see 4, first sentence.3 فاسدهُ He became at variance with him; he cut, severed, or broke, the tie of friendship [or kindred] with him. (L in art. كشح.) And فُلَانٌ يُفَاسِدُ رَهْطَهُ [Such a one cuts the ties of friendship, or kindred, with his people, tribe, or near kinsfolk]. (A.) 4 افسد, (S, M, O, L, Msb, K, &c.,) inf. n. إفْسَادٌ and [quasi-inf.n.] فَسَادٌ; (L;) and ↓ فسّد, (O, L, Msb, K,) inf. n. تَفْسِيدٌ; (O, K;) He, or it, made, or rendered, bad, evil, corrupt, unsound, wrong, wrongful, improper, unrighteous, wicked, vitious, depraved, or dishonest; deprived of virtue, or efficacy; corrupted, vitiated, perverted, marred, spoiled, injured, impaired, deteriorated, tainted, or infected; [constituted, disposed, arranged, or qualified, ill, wrongly, or improperly;] disordered, or disturbed, [disorganized,] destroyed, annihilated, consumed, wasted, or ruined; (MA, KL, &c.;) contr. of أصْلَحَ. (M, L, K.) One says, افسد المَالَ [He rendered the property in a bad state; marred, impaired, consumed, or wasted, it]. (L.) [and افسد عَلَيْهِمْ He corrupted, perverted, or marred, their state, case, affair, scheme, plot, or the like; أَمْرَهُمْ, or the like, being understood. And افسدهُ عَلَىَّ He corrupted him and rendered him disaffected towards me.] إِفْسَادُ صَبِىٍّ, occurring in a trad., means The injuring a child by rendering its mother pregnant while she is suckling it and so vitiating her milk: which act is also termed الغِيلَهُ. (L.) [And افسد as contr. of أَصْلَحَ signifies also He acted in a bad, an evil, or a corrupt, manner; acted ill, corruptly, wrongly, wrongfully, improperly, unrighteously, wickedly, vitiously, or dishonestly; or did evil, or mischief; إِلَيْهِ to him: and he created, or excited, disorder, disturbance, disagreement, discord, dissension, strife, or quarrel-ling; or made, or did, mischief; بَيْنَ القَوْمِ between, or among, the people, or party. (See also 10.)]6 تفاسدوا They became at variance, one with another; (M, L;) they cut, severed, or broke, the tie of kindred, (M, L, K,) and of friendship, (L,) one with another. (M, L, K.) 7 انفسد [as quasi-pass. of أَفْسَدَهُ] is not allowable, (S, L,) or has not been heard. (K.) 10 استفسد contr. of اِسْتَصْلَحَ. (S, O, L, K.) [Hence, He regarded, or esteemed, a thing, or man, as bad, evil, corrupt, unsound, wrong, wrongful, improper, unrighteous, wicked, vitious, depraved, or dishonest; &c.: see 1. b2: And] He wished, or desired, [a thing, or man,] to be bad, evil, corrupt, &c. (KL.) b3: [And He sought to render bad, evil, corrupt, &c. b4: And hence, He treated in such a manner as to render disaffected, or rebellious.] One says, الأَمِيرُ يَسْتَفْسِدُ رَعِيَّتَهُ [The prince, or governor, treats his subjects in such a manner as to render them disaffected, or rebel-lious]. (A.) And استفسدالسُّلْطَانُ قَائِدَهُ The Sultán provoked the leader of his forces to rebel-lion by his evil conduct to him. (L.) b5: [and He sought to act in a bad, an evil, or a corrupt, manner; to act ill, corruptly, wrongly, wrongfully, improperly, unrighteously, or dishonestly.] One says, استفسد فُلَانٌ إِلَى فُلَانٍ [Such a one sought to act in a bad, an evil, or a corrupt, manner, or to act ill, &c., to such a one]. (M.) b6: [And He sought discord, or dissension. b7: and It (an event) happened in a bad, or an evil, manner.] b8: See also 1.

فَسَادٌ an inf. n. of 1: (S, M, A, &c.:) or a simple subst.: (Msb:) [as a subst. signifying] Badness, evilness, corruptness, unsoundness, wrongness, wrongfulness, impropriety, unrighteousness, wickedness, vitiousness, depravity, or dishonesty; the state of being devoid of virtue or efficacy; a corrupted, vitiated, perverted, marred, spoiled, deteriorated, or tainted, state; a state of disorder or disturbance, or of destruction, annihilation, consumption, waste, or ruin: (MA, KL, PS, &c.:) contr. of صَلَاحٌ. (Lth, M, Msb.) And it is also [frequently used as a quasi-inf. n.] syn. with إِفْسَادٌ [signifying The making, or rendering, bad, evil, corrupt, &c.: (see 4:) and, oftener, the acting ill, corruptly, wrong, wrongfully, improperly, unrighteously, wickedly, vitiously, or dishonestly; doing evil, or mischief; and creating, or exciting, disorder, disturbance, disagreement, discord, dissension, strife, or quarrelling]: (L:) and [particularly] the taking property wrongfully. (O, K.) [Hence,] حَرْبُ الفَسَادِ [The war of evildoing]: thus was termed a war that happened between [the two sub-tribes] بَنُوشك [in which the latter word is app. a mistranscription for شِبْكٍ] and غَوْث, of the tribe of طَىِّء: it was so termed because one party patched their sandals with the cars of the other, and one party drank wine out of the skulls of the other. (MF.) b2: Also Drought, barrenness, dearth, or scarcity of good: (M, L, K:) so in the Kur [xxx. 40], ظَهَرَ الْفَسَادُ فِى البَرِّ وَ الْبَحْرِ i. e. Drought, &c., hath appeared in the land, and in the cities that are upon the rivers; (M, L, TA;) accord. to Zj; (M;) or accord. to Ez-Zejjájee. (L, TA.) فَسِيدٌ: see the next paragraph.

فَاسِدٌ, (S, M, A, O, L, Msb, K, &c.,) part. n. of فَسَدَ; (S, M, A, &c.;) and ↓ فَسِيدٌ, (S, M, O, L, K,) part. n. of فَسُدَ; (S, O;) Bad, evil, corrupt, unsound, wrong, wrongful, improper, unrighteous, wicked, vitious, depraved, or dishonest; devoid of virtue, or efficacy; in a corrupted, vitiated, perverted, marred, spoiled, injured, impaired, deteriorated, tainted, or infected, state; in a state of disorder or disturbance, destruction, annihilation, consumption, waste, or ruin: (MA, KL, PS, &c.: [contr. of صَالِحٌ and صَلِيحٌ, as is indicated in the S and M &c.:]) pl. (of the former, S, O, Msb, [dev. from general analogy, and of the latter agreeably therewith,]) فَسْدَى, (S, M, O, Msb, K,) applied to a people, (S, M, O,) like as they said سَاقِطٌ and سَقْطَى; (S, O;) the pl. being made of the same form as هَلْكَى because these two words are nearly the same in meaning. (Sb, M.) أَفْسَدُ is [a noun denoting the comparative and superlative degrees] from الفَسَادُ; as in the prov., أَفْسَدُ مِنْ بَيْضَةِ البَلَدِ i. e. [More corrupt, or unsound, &c.,] than the egg that the ostrich leaves in the desert, not returning to it, in consequence of which it becomes corrupt, or unsound, &c.: and, anomalously, from الإِفْسَادُ; as in the prov., أَفْسَدَ مِنَ الجَرَادِ [i. e. More corrupting, or marring, &c., than the locust], because it strips the trees and the herbage; and as in other provs. (Meyd.) مَفْسَدَةٌ A cause, or means, or an occasion, of فَسَاد [i. e. badness, evilness, corruptness, unsoundness, &c.; or making, or rendering, bad, evil, corrupt, &c.]; (M, A;) contr. of مَصْلَحَةٌ: (S, O, Msb, K:) pl. مَفَاسِدُ. (A, Msb.) One says, هٰذَا الأَمْرِ مَفْسَدَةٌ لِكَذَا [This affair, or event, is cause of evil, &c., to such a thing]. (M.) And هُمْ مِنْ

أَهْلِ المَفَاسِدِ لَا المَصَالِحِ [They are of the people who do actions that are causes of evil, not actions that are causes of good]. (A.)

قلب

1 قَلَبَهُ, (S, A, Mgh, O, Msb, K,) aor. ـِ (Msb, K.) inf. n. قَلْبٌ, (Msb,) He altered, or changed, its, or his, mode, or manner, of being; (A, Mgh, Msb, * K;) and ↓ قلّبهُ signifies the same, (K,) or is like قَلَبَهُ in the sense expl. above and in other senses but denotes intensiveness and muchness; (Msb;) and ↓ اقلبهُ also signifies the same as قَلَبَهُ in the sense expl. above, (K,) on the authority of Lh, but is of weak authority. (TA.) Hence, (Mgh,) He inverted it; turned it upside-down; turned it so as to make its upper most part its undermost; (S, * A, * Mgh, Msb;) namely, a thing; (S;) for instance, a [garment of the kind called] رِدَآء: (A, * Mgh:) and ↓ قلّبهُ has a similar meaning, but [properly] denotes intensiveness and muchness. (Msb. See two exs. of the latter verb voce قَلَبَةٌ.) And, (A, K,) like ↓ قلّبهُ, [except that the latter properly denotes intensiveness and muchness,] (K,) it signifies حَوَّلَهُ ظَهْرًا لِبَطْنٍ (A, K) [He turned it over, or upsidedown as meaning so that the upper side became the under side; lit. back for belly; accord. to the TA, meaning back upon belly (ظَهْرًا عَلَى بَطْنٍ); but this is hardly conceivable; whereas the former explanation is obviously right in another case: (see 5:) and another meaning of قَلَبَهُ and ↓ قُلبهُ, i. e. he turned it inside-out, is indicated in the TA by its being added, so that he knew what was in it]. b2: See an ex. voce قَلَابِ. One says, قَلَبَ كَلَامًا [meaning He altered, or changed, the order of the words of a sentence or the like, by inversion, or by any transposition]. (TA.) [And in like manner, قَلَبَ كَلِمَةً He altered, or changed, the order of the letters of a word, by inversion, or by any transposition.] Es-Sakháwee says, in the Expos. of the Mufassal, that when they transpose [the letters of a word], they do not assign to the [transformed] derivative an inf. n., lest it should be confounded with the original, using only the inf. n. of the original that it may be an evidence of the originality [of the application of the latter to denote the signification common to both]: thus they say يَئِسَ, inf. n. يَأْسٌ; and أَيِسَ is مِنْهُ ↓ مَقْلُوبٌ [i. e. formed by transposition, or metathesis, from it], and has no inf. n.: when the two inf. ns. exist, the grammarians decide that each of the two verbs is [to be regarded as] an original, and that neither is مقلوب from the other, as in the case of جَذَبَ and جَبَذَ: but the lexicologists [in general] assert that all such are [of the class termed]

مقلوب. (Mz, close of the 33rd نوع.) [and قَلَبَ likewise signifies He changed, or converted, a letter into another letter; the verb in this sense being doubly trans.: for ex., one says, قَلَبَ الوَاوَ يَآءً He changed, or converted, the و into ى.] b3: And [hence] one says, قَلَبَهُ عَنْ وَجْهِهِ (assumed tropical:) He turned him [from his manner, way, or course, of acting, or proceeding, &c.]: and Lh has mentioned ↓ اقلبهُ [in the same sense], but as being disapproved. (TA.) And قَلَبَ الصِّبْيَانَ (tropical:) He (the teacher) turned away [or dismissed] the boys to their dwellings: (Th, A, TA:) or sent them [away], and returned them, to their abodes: and Lh has mentioned ↓ اقلبهم as a dial. var. of weak authority, saying that the former verb is that which is used by the Arabs in this and other [similar] cases. (TA.) And قَلَبْتُ القَوْمَ (assumed tropical:) I turned away [or dismissed] the people, or party; (Th, S, O;) like as you say صَرَفْتُ الصِّبْيَانَ. (Th, S.) And قَلَبَ اللّٰهُ فُلَانًا إِلَيْهِ (assumed tropical:) [God translated such a one unto Himself, by death: meaning God took his soul]; as also ↓ اقلبه; (K, TA;) whence the saying of Anooshirwán, اللّٰهُ مُقْلَبَ أَوْلِيَائِهِ ↓ أَقْلَبَكُمُ (assumed tropical:) [May God translate you with the translating of his favourites (مقلب being here an inf. n.), meaning, as He translates his favourites]. (TA.) b4: And قَلَبَ عَيْنَهُ, and حِمْلَاقَهُ, (TA,) or حِمْلَاقَ عَيْنِهِ, (A,) [He turned about, or rolled, his eye, and therefore the parts of his eye that are occasionally covered by the eyelids,] on the occasion of anger, (A, TA,) and of threatening. (TA.) b5: قَلَبَ, aor. ـِ inf. n. قَلْبٌ; and ↓ اقلب likewise, but this is of weak authority, mentioned by Lh; signify also He turned over bread, and the like, when the upper part thereof was thoroughly baked, in order that the under side might become so. (TA.) And you say, قَلَبْتُ الإِنَآءَ عَلَى رَأْسِهِ [I turned over the vessel upon its head]. (Msb, in explanation of كَبَبْتُ الإِنَآءَ.) And قَلَبْتُ الأَرْضَ لِلزِّرَاعَةِ [I turned over the earth for sowing]: and ↓ قَلَّبْتُهَا, also, I did so much.] (Msb.) And يُقْلَبُ التُّرَابُ بِالحَفْرِ [The earth is turned over in digging]: whence قَلَبْتُ قَلِيبًا means I dug a well. (A.) b6: And [hence also] one says, قَلَبْتُ الشَّىْءَ لِلْاِبْتِيَاعِ I turned over the thing, or (assumed tropical:) I examined the several parts, or portions, of the thing, (تَصَفَّحْتُهُ,) [or I turned over the thing for the purpose of examining it,] with a view to purchasing, and saw its outer part or side, and its inner part or side: and ↓ قَلَّبْتُهُ, also, I did so much. (Msb.) And قَلَبَ السِّلْعَةَ (tropical:) He (a trafficker) examined the commodity, and scrutinized its condition: and ↓ قَلَّبَهَا, also, he did so [much]. (A.) And قَلَبَ الدَّابَّةَ and الغُلَامَ (tropical:) [He examined, &c., the beast, or horse, or the like, and the youth, or young man, or male slave]: (A:) and قَلَبَ المَمْلُوكَ, aor. ـِ inf. n. قَلْبٌ, (tropical:) he uncovered and examined the male slave, to look at [or to see] his defects, on the occasion of purchasing. (O, TA.) And قَلَبْتُ الأَمْرَ ظَهْرًا لِبَطْنٍ (assumed tropical:) I considered [or turned over in my mind] what might be the issues, or results, of the affair, or case: and ↓ قَلَّبْتُهُ, also, I did so much. (Msb.) A2: قَلَبٌ signifies اِنْقِلابٌ, (S, A, O, K, TA,) meaning A turning outward, (TK,) and being flabby, (TA,) of the lip, (S, A, O, K,) or of the upper lip, (TA,) of a man: (S, A, O, K, TA:) it is the inf. n. of قَلِبَت said of the lip (الشَّفَةُ); (TA;) [and also, accord. to the TK, of قَلِبَ said of a man as meaning His lip had what is termed قَلَبٌ:] and hence ↓ أَقْلَبُ as an epithet applied to a man; and [its fem.] ↓ قَلْبَآء as an epithet applied to a lip. (S, A, O, K, TA.) A3: قَلَبَهُ, (S, A, O, K,) aor. ـُ (Lh, K) and قَلِبَ, (K,) He (a man, S, O) hit his heart. (S, A, O, K.) And It (a disease) affected, or attacked, his heart. (A.) and قُلِبَ He (a man) was affected, or attacked, by a pain in his heart, (Fr, A, * TA,) from which one hardly, or nowise, becomes free. (Fr, TA.) and قُلِبَ said of a camel, (As, S, O, K, TA,) inf. n. قُلَابٌ, (As, S, TA,) He was attacked by the disease called قُلَاب expl. below: (As, S, O, K, TA:) or he was attacked suddenly by the [pestilence termed] غُدَّة, and died in consequence. (As, TA.) b2: [Hence,] قَلَبَ النَّخْلَةَ (tropical:) He plucked out the قَلْب, or قُلْب, meaning heart, of the palm-tree. (S, A, O, K.) b3: And قَلَبَتِ البُسْرَةُ (assumed tropical:) The unripe date became red. (S, O, K.) 2 قَلَّبَ see 1, first quarter, in four places. Yousay, قَلَّبْتُهُ بِيَدِى [I turned it over and over with my hand], inf. n. تَقْلِيبٌ. (S.) [And hence several other significations mentioned above.] See, again, 1, latter half, in four places. b2: فَأَصْبَحَ يُقَلِّبُ كَفَّيْهِ, (A, O,) in the Kur [xviii. 40], (O,) means فاصبح يقلّب كفّيه ظَهْرًا لِبَطْنٍ [and he began to turn his hands upside-down, or to do so repeatedly,] in grief, or regret: (Bd:) or (tropical:) he became in the state, or condition, of repenting, or grieving: (Ksh, A, O:) for تَقْلِيبُ الكَفَّيْنِ is an action of him who is repenting, or grieving; (Ksh, O:) and therefore metonymically denotes repentance, or grief, like عَضُّ الكَفِّ and السُّقُوطُ فِى اليَدِ. (Ksh.) b3: [تَقْلِيبُ المَالِ لِغَرَضِ الرِّبْحِ occurs in the A, in art. تجر, as an explanation of التِّجَارَةُ, meaning (assumed tropical:) The employing of property, or turning it to use, in various ways, for the purpose of gain.] And you say, قَلَّبْتُهُ فِى الأَمْرِ, meaning صَرَّفْتُهُ [i. e. (assumed tropical:) I employed him to act in whatever way he pleased, according to his own judgment or discretion or free will, or I made him a free agent, in the affair: or I made him, or employed him, to practise versatility, or to use art or artifice or cunning, in the affair: and simply, I employed him in the managing of the affair]. (K in art. صرف.) [And قَلَّبَ الفِكَرَ فِى أمّرٍ (assumed tropical:) He turned over and over, or revolved repeatedly, in his mind, thoughts, considerations, or ideas, with a view to the attainment of some object, in relation to an affair.] And قلّب الأُمُورَ, (TA,) inf. n. تَقْلِيبٌ, (S, K, TA,) (tropical:) He investigated, scrutinized, or examined, affairs, [or turned them over and over in his mind, meditating what he should do,] and considered what would be their results. (TA.) وَقَلَّبُوا لَكَ الأُمُورَ is a phrase occurring in the Kur-án [ix. 48,] (Msb,) and is tropical, (A,) meaning (tropical:) [And they turned over and over in their minds affairs, meditating what they should do to thee: or] they turned over [repeatedly in their minds] thoughts, or considerations, concerning the beguiling, or circumventing, thee, and the rendering thy religion ineffectual]: (Jel:) or they meditated, or devised, in relation to thee, wiles, artifices, plots, or stratagems; and [more agreeably with the primary import of the verb] they revolved ideas, or opinions, respecting the frustrating of thy affair. (Ksh, Bd.) 4 أَقْلَبَ see 1, in six places. [اقلبهُ, said of God, also signifies (assumed tropical:) He made him to return from a journey: see an ex. in the first paragraph of art. صحب. (In the phrase أَقْبِلْنَا بِذِمَّةٍ, expl. in the TA in art. دم as meaning Restore us to our family in safety, أَقْبِلْنَا is a mistranscription for أَقْلِبْنَا.)]

A2: اقلب as intrans., said of bread [and the like], It became fit to be turned over [in order that the other side might become thoroughly baked]. (S, O, K.) b2: And اقلب العِنَبُ The grapes became dry, or tough, externally, (K, TA,) and were therefore turned over, or shifted. (TA.) A3: Also He had his camels attacked by the disease called قُلَاب. (S, O, K.) 5 تقلّب الشَّىْءُ ظَهْرًا لبِطْنٍ [The thing turned over and over, or upside-down as meaning so that the upper side became the under side, (lit. back for belly,) doing so much, or repeatedly], like as does the serpent upon the ground vehemently heated by the sun. (S, O, TA.) تقلّب said of a man's face [&c.] signifies تصرّف [i. e. It turned about, properly meaning much, or in various ways or directions; or it was, or became, turned about, &c.]. (Jel in ii. 139.) And تَتَقَلَّبُ فِيهِ الْقُلُوبُ وَالْأَبْصَارُ, in the Kur [xxiv. 37], means In which the hearts and the eyes shall be in a state of commotion, or agitation, by reason of fear, (Zj, Jel, TA,) and impatience; (Zj, TA;) the hearts between safety and perdition, and the eyes between the right side and the left. (Jel.) And فِى تَقَلُّبِهِمْ, in the Kur xvi. 48, means (assumed tropical:) In their journeyings for traffic. (Jel. [See also the Kur iii. 196, and xl. 4.]) You say, تقلّب فِى البِلَادِ, (TA,) and فى الأُمُورِ, (K, TA,) meaning تَصَرَّفَ فِيهَا كَيْفَ شَآءَ [i. e. (assumed tropical:) He acted in whatsoever way he pleased, according to his own judgment or discretion or free will, or as a free agent, in journeying, for traffic or otherwise, in the country, and in the disposal, or management, of affairs: and simply, he employed himself in journeying, for traffic or otherwise, in the country, and in the disposal, or management, of affairs: or تقلّب فى الامور means he practised versatility, or used art or artifice or cunning, in the disposal, or management, of affairs]. (K, * TA.) and هُوَ يَتَقَلَّبُ فِى أَعْمَالِ السُّلْطَانِ (tropical:) He acts as he pleases, &c., or simply he employs himself, in the offices of administration, or in the provinces, of the Sultán]. (A.) 7 انقلب, of which مُنْقَلَبٌ is an inf. n., (S, O, K, TA,) syn. with اِنقِلَابٌ, (TA,) and also a n. of place, (S, O, K, TA,) like مُنْصَرَفٌ, (S, O, TA,) is quasi-pass. of قَلَبْتُهُ: (S, O:) it signifies It, or he, was, or became, altered, or changed, from its, or his, mode, or manner, of being: (TA:) [and hence,] it (a thing) became inverted, or turned upside-down [&c.: see 1]. (S.) b2: And [hence] الاِنْقِلَابُ إِلَى اللّٰهِ means (assumed tropical:) The transition, and the being translated, or removed, to God, by death: and [in like manner] المُنْقَلَبُ means the transition [&c.], of men, to the final abode. (TA. [See an ex. in p. 132, sec. col., from the Kur xxvi. last verse.]) b3: And الاِنْقِلَابُ means also (assumed tropical:) The returning, in an absolute sense: and, as also المُنْقَلَبُ, particularly, from a journey, and to one's home: thus, in a trad., in the prayer relating to journeying, أُعُوذُ بِكَ مِنْ كَآبَةِ المُنْقَلَبِ (assumed tropical:) [I seek protection by Thee from the being in an evil state in respect of the returning from my journeying to my home]; i. e., from my returning to my dwelling and seeing what may grieve me. (TA.) The saying in the Kur xxii. 11 وَإِنْ أَصَابَتْهُ فِتْنَةٌ انْقَلَبَ عَلَى وَجْهِهِ means (assumed tropical:) And if trial befall him, and [particularly such as] disease in himself and his cattle, he returns [to his former way, i. e., in this case,] to infidelity. (Jel. [See also other exs. in the Kur in ii. 138 and iii. 138.]) And one says, انقلب عَنِ العَهْدِ [meaning (assumed tropical:) He withdrew, or receded, from the covenant, compact, agreement, or engagement]. (S in art. حول.) [See also an ex. from the Kur-án (lxvii. 4) voce خَاسِئٌ.]

قَلْبٌ The heart; syn. فُؤَادٌ: (Lh, T, S, M, O, Msb, K, &c.:) or [accord. to some] it has a more special signification than the latter word: (O, K:) [for] some say that فؤاد signifies the “ appendages of the مَرِىْء [or œsophagus], consisting of the liver and lungs and قَلْب [or heart]: ” (K in art. فأد:) [and, agreeably with this assertion,] it is said that the قلب is a lump of flesh, pertaining to the فؤاد, suspended to the نِيَاط [q. v.]: Az says, I have observed that some of the Arabs call the whole flesh of the قلب, its fat, and its حِجَاب [or septum?], قَلْب and فُؤَاد; and I have not observed them to distinguish between the two [words]; but I do not deny that the [word]

قلب may be [applied by some to] the black clot of blood in its interior: MF mentions that فؤاد is said to signify the “ receptacle,” or “ covering,” of the heart, (وِعَآءُ القَلْبِ, or غِشَاؤُهُ, [i. e. the pericardium,]) or, accord. to some, its “ interior: ” the قَلْب is said to be so called from its تَقَلُّب: [see 5:] the word is of the masc. gender: and the pl. is قُلُوبٌ. (TA.) بَنَاتُ القَلْبِ means (assumed tropical:) The several parts, or portions, [or, perhaps, appertenances,] of the heart. (TA in art. بنى.) [And قَلْبٌ is also used as meaning The stomach, which is often thus termed in the present day: so, for ex., in an explanation of طَنِخ, q. v.] b2: قَلْبُ العَقْرَبِ (also called simply, القَلْبُ, Kzw) is (assumed tropical:) A certain bright star, [the star a in Scorpio,] between two other stars, which is one of the Mansions of the Moon, (S, O,) namely, the Eighteenth Mansion; so called because it is in the heart of Scorpio: (MF:) [it rose aurorally, about the commencement of the era of the Flight, in Central Arabia, together with النَّسْرُ الوَقِعُ (a of Libra) on the 25th of November, O. S.: (see مَنَازِلُ القَمَرِ, in art. نزل:)] the commencement of the period when the cattle breed in the desert is at the time of its [auroral] rising and the [auroral] rising of النسر الواقع; these two stars rising together, in the cold season: the Arabs say, القَلبْ جَآءَ الشِّتَآءُ كَالْكَلْبْ [When the heart of the Scorpion rises, the winter comes like the dog]: and they regard its نَوْء [q. v.] as unlucky; and dislike journeying when the moon is in Scorpio: at its نَوْء [meaning auroral rising], the cold becomes vehement, cold winds blow, and the sap becomes stagnant in the trees: its رَقِيب is الدَّبَرَانُ [q. v.] (Kzw.) There are also three similar appellations of other stars: these are قَلْبُ الأَسَدِ (assumed tropical:) [Cor Leonis, or Regulus, the star a of Leo]: قَلْبُ الثَّوْرِ, an [improper] appellation of الدَّبَرَانُ: and قَلْبُ الحُوتِ, a name of الرِّشَآءُ [q. v.]. (TA.) b3: And القَلْبُ is syn. with الضَّمِيرُ [signifying (assumed tropical:) The heart as meaning the mind or the secret thoughts]. (Msb in art. ضمر.) b4: And (assumed tropical:) The soul. (TA.) b5: And (assumed tropical:) The mind, meaning the intellect, or intelligence. (Fr, S, O, Msb, K.) So in the Kur l. 36: (Fr, S, O, TA:) or it means there endeavour to understand, and consideration. (TA.) Accord. to Fr, you may say, مَا لَكَ قَلْبٌ (assumed tropical:) Thou hast no intellect, or intelligence: (TA:) and مَا قَلْبُكَ مَعَكَ (assumed tropical:) Thine intellect is not present with thee: (O, TA:) and أَيْنَ ذَهَبَ قَلْبُكَ (assumed tropical:) Whither has thine intellect gone? (TA.) [And hence, أَفْعَالُ القُلُوبِ (assumed tropical:) The verbs significant of operations of the mind; as ظَنَّ, and the like.] b6: See also قُلْبٌ. b7: [قَلْبُ الجَيْشِ means (assumed tropical:) The main body of the army; as distinguished from the van and the rear and the two wings: mentioned in the S and K in art. خمس; &c.] b8: And قَلْبٌ signifies also (assumed tropical:) The pure, or choice, or best, part of anything. (L, K, * TA.) It is said in a trad. إِنَّ لِكُلِّ شَىْءٍ قَلْبًا وَقَلْبُ القُرْآنِ يٰس (tropical:) [as though meaning, Verily to everything there is a choice, or best, part; and the choice, or best, part of the Kur-án is Yá-Seen (the Thirty-sixth Chapter)]: (A, O, L, TA:) it is a saying of the Prophet; [and may (perhaps better) be rendered, verily to everything there is a pith; and the pith &c.; from قَلْبٌ, as meaning, like قُلْبٌ, the “ pith ” of the palm-tree; but,] accord. to Lth, it is from what here immediately follows. (O.) One says, جِئْتُكَ بِهٰذَا الأَمْرِ قَلْبًا, meaning (tropical:) I have come to thee with this affair unmixed with any other thing. (A, * O, L, TA.) b9: Also (tropical:) A man genuine, or pure, in respect of origin, or lineage; (S, A, O, K;) holding a middle place among his people; (A;) and ↓ قُلْبٌ signifies the same: (O, K:) the former is used alike as masc. and fem. and sing. and dual and pl.; but it is allowable to form the fem. and dual and pl. from it: (S, O:) one says عَرَبِىٌّ قَلْبٌ (S, A, * O) and ↓ قُلْبٌ (O) (tropical:) a genuine Arabian man, (S, A, * O,) and اِمْرَأَةٌ قَلْبٌ (S, * A, O *) and قَلْبَةٌ (S, A, O) and ↓ قُلْبَةٌ (K) a woman genuine, or pure, in respect of origin, or lineage: (S, A, * O, K:) Sb says, they said هٰذَا عَرَبِىٌّ قَلْبٌ and قَلْبًا (assumed tropical:) [This is an Arabian genuine, or pure, &c., and being genuine, or pure, &c.]; using the same word as an epithet and as an inf. n.: and it is said in a trad., كَانَ عَلىٌّ قُرَشِيًّا قَلْبًا, meaning (assumed tropical:) 'Alee was a Kurashee genuine, or pure, in respect of race: or, as some say, the meaning is, an intelligent manager of affairs; from قَلْبٌ as used in the Kur l. 36. (L, TA.) قُلْبٌ (S, A, Mgh, O, Msb, K) and ↓ قَلْبٌ (S, O, Msb, K) and ↓ قِلْبٌ (S, O, K) (tropical:) The لُبّ, (S, O,) or شَحْمَة, (A, K,) or جُمَّار, (Mgh, Msb,) [i. e. heart, or pith,] of the palm-tree; (S, A, Mgh, O, Msb, K;) which is a soft, white substance, that is eaten; it is in the midst of its uppermost part, and of a pleasant, or sweet, taste: (TA: [see also جُمَّارٌ:]) or the best of the leaves of the palm-tree, (AHn, K [in which this explanation relates to all the three forms of the word, but app. accord. to AHn it relates only to the first of them], and TA,) and the whitest; which are the leaves next to the uppermost part thereof; and one of these is termed ↓ قُلْبَةٌ, with damm and sukoon: (AHn, TA:) or قُلْبٌ, with damm, signifies the branches of the palm-tree (سَعَف [in my copy of the Msb سعفة]) that grow forth from the قلب [meaning heart]: (T, TA: [see العَوَاهِنُ and الخَوَافِى, pls. of عَاهِنٌ, or عَاهِنَةٌ, and خَافِيَةٌ:]) the pl. is قِلَبَةٌ, (S, O, Msb, K,) which is of the second, (Msb,) [or of all,] and قُلُوبٌ, (Msb, K,) a pl. of the second, (Msb,) and أَقْلَابٌ, (Msb, K,) a pl. [of pauc.] of the first. (Msb.) b2: And قُلْبٌ signifies also (tropical:) A bracelet (S, O, K, TA) that is worn by a woman, (K, TA,) such as is one قُلْب, (S, O, TA, but in the O, one قَلْب,) [as though meaning such as is single, not double,] or such as is one قِلْد, ('Eyn, T, MS, [and this is evidently the right reading, as will be shown by what follows,]) meaning such as is formed by twisting [or rather bending round] one طَاق [i. e. one wire (more or less thick), likened to a yarn, or strand], not of a double طَاق; (MS;) and they say سِوَارٌ قُلْبٌ; (TA;) and قُلْبُ فِضَّةٍ i. e. a [woman's] bracelet [of silver], (A, Mgh, Msb, TA,) such as is not twisted [like a cord, or rope, of two or more strands, as are many of the bracelets worn by Arab women]: (Mgh, Msb, TA:) so called as being likened to the قُلْب of the palm-tree because of its whiteness; (A, Mgh, Msb, TA;) or, as some say, the converse is the case. (Mgh.) b3: And (tropical:) A serpent: (S, O:) or a white serpent: (A, K:) likened to the bracelet so called. (S, O.) A2: قُلْبٌ as an epithet, and its fem. قُلْبَةٌ: see قَلْبٌ, last sentence, in three places.

قِلْبٌ: see the next preceding paragraph.

قُلْبَةٌ, as a subst.: see قُلْبٌ, former half.

A2: Also Redness. (IAar, O, K.) مَا بِهِ قَلَبَةٌ There is not in him any disease, (S, A, Mgh,) thus says IAar, adding, for which he should be turned over (↓ يُقَلَّب) and examined, (S,) and in this sense it is said of a camel [and the like], (TA,) or on account of which he should turn over upon his bed: (A:) or there is not in him anything to disquiet him, so that he should turn over upon his bed: (Et-Tá-ee, TA:) or thers is not in him any disease, and any fatigue, (K, TA,) and any pain: (TA:) or there is not in him anything; said of one who is sick; and the word is not used otherwise than in negative phrases: accord. to IAar, originally used in relation to a horse or the like, meaning there is not in him any disease for which his hoof should be turned upsidedown (↓ يُقَلَّب) [to be examined]: (TA:) or it is from القُلَابُ, (Fr, S, A, TA,) the disease, so termed, that attacks camels; (TA;) or from قُلِبَ [q. v.] as said of a man, and means there is not in him any disease on account of which one should fear for him. (Fr, TA.) أَوْدَى الشَّبَابُ وَحُبُّ الخَالَةِ الخَلِبَهٌ وَقَدْ بَرِئْتُ فَمَا بِالقَلْبِ مِنْ قَلَبَهٌ [Youthfulness has perished, and the love of the proud and self-conceited, the very deceitful, woman, (thus the two epithets are expl. in art. خلب in the S,) and I have recovered so that there is not in the heart any disease, &c.]; meaning I have recovered from the disease of love. (S, TA.) قَلَابِ [as used in the following instance is an attributive proper name like فَجَارِ &c.]. اِقْلِبْ قَلَابِ [Alter, O alterer,] is a prov. applied to him who turns his speech, or tongue, and applies it as he pleases: accord. to IAth, to him who has made a slip of the tongue, and repairs it by turning it to another meaning: يَا, he says, is suppressed before قلاب. (TA. [See also Freytag's Arab. Prov. ii. 247.]) قُلَابٌ A certain disease of the heart. (Lh, K.) And (K) A disease that attacks the camel, (As, S, O, K,) occasioning complaint of the heart, (As, S, O,) and that kills him on the day of its befalling him: (As, S, O, K:) or a disease that attacks camels in the head, and turns it up. (Fr, TA.) [It is also mentioned as an inf. n. of قُلِبَ, q. v.] Accord. to Kr, it is the only known word, signifying a disease, derived from the name of the member affected, except كُبَادٌ and نُكَافٌ. (TA in art. كبد.) قِلَابٌ: see قِلِّيبٌ.

قَلُوبٌ, (O, K,) as an epithet applied to a man, (O, TA,) i. q. مُتَقَلِّبٌ كَثِيرُ التَّقَلُّبِ [app. meaning (assumed tropical:) Who employs himself much in journeying, for traffic or otherwise, or in the disposal, or management, of affairs: or who practises much versatility, &c.: see 5, last sentence but one]. (O, K.) b2: See also قِلِّيبٌ.

A2: قَلُوبُ الشَّجَرِ means What are soft, or tender, of succulent herbs: these, and locusts, [it is said,] were eaten by John the son of Zachariah. (O.) قَلِيبٌ Earth turned over (تُرَابٌ مَقْلُوبٌ): [app. an epithet in which the quality of a subst. is predominant:] this is the primary signification. (A.) b2: And hence, (A,) a masc. n., (A, * Msb,) or masc. and fem., (S, O, K,) A well, (Msb, K, TA,) of whatever kind it be: (TA:) or a well before its interior is cased [with stones or bricks]: (S, A, Mgh, O:) or an ancient well, (A 'Obeyd, S, O, K, TA,) of which neither the owner nor the digger is known, situate in a desert: (TA:) or an old well, whether cased within or not: (TA:) or a well, whether cased within or not, containing water or not, of the kind termed جَفْر [q. v.] or not: (ISh, TA:) or a well, whether of recent formation or ancient: (Sh, TA:) so called because its earth is turned over (Sh, A, TA) in the digging: (A:) or a well in which is a spring; otherwise a well is not thus called: (IAar, TA:) the pl. (of pauc., S, O) أَقْلِبَةٌ (S, O, K) and (of mult., S, O) قُلُبٌ (S, Mgh, O, K) and قُلْبٌ, (O, K,) the first and last of which are said to be pls. in the dial. of such as make the sing. to be masc., and the second the pl. in the dial. of such as make the sing. to be fem., but the last, as MF has pointed out, is a contraction of the second like as رُسْلٌ is of رُسُلٌ, (TA,) and قُلْبَانٌ also is mentioned as a pl. of قَلِيبٌ on the authority of AO. (TA voce بَدِىْءٌ.) b3: El-'Ajjáj has applied the pl. قُلُب to (tropical:) Wounds, by way of comparison. (S, O.) قُلَيْبٌ [dim. of قَلْبٌ: and hence, perhaps,] (assumed tropical:) A خَرَزَة [i. e. bead, or gem,] for captivating, fascinating, or restraining, by a kind of enchantment. (Lh, K.) رَجُلٌ قُلَّبٌ (assumed tropical:) A man who employs himself as he pleases in journeying, for traffic or otherwise, or in the disposal, or management, of affairs: or in practising versatility, or using art or artifice or cunning, in the disposal, or management, of affairs. (TA.) And حُوَّلِىٌّ قُلَّبٌ (S, O, K) and حُوَّلٌ قُلَّبٌ and حُوَّلِىٌّ قُلَّبِىٌّ (O, K) or قُلَّبٌ حُوَّلٌ (A) (tropical:) One who exercises art, artifice, cunning, ingenuity, or skill, and excellence of consideration or deliberation, and ability to manage according to his own free will, with subtilty; knowing, skilful, or intelligent, in investigating, scrutinizing, or examining, affairs, [or turning them over and over in his mind,] and considering what will be their results. (S, A, * O, K, TA. [See also art. حول.]) قِلَّابٌ: see قِلِّيبٌ.

قِلَّوْبٌ and قَلُّوبٌ: see what next follows.

قِلِّيبٌ and ↓ قِلَّوْبٌ The wolf; (S, O, K;) as also ↓ قَلُّوبٌ and ↓ قَلُوبٌ and ↓ قِلَابٌ, the last like كِتَابٌ, (K,) or ↓ قِلَّابٌ. (O: thus there written.) b2: And The lion. (O, in explanation of the first and second.) قَالَبٌ, with fet-h to the ل, (S, MA, O, Msb, K, KL,) and ↓ قَالِبٌ, (MA, O, Msb, K,) but the former is the more common, (Msb, K,) A model according to which the like thereof is made, or proportioned: (T in art. مثل, MA, KL, MF:) the model [or last] (KL,) of a boot, (S, O, Msb, KL,) and of a shoe, (KL,) &c.: (O, Msb, KL:) and a mould into which metals are poured: (K:) قَالَبٌ is an arabicized word, as is shown by its form, which is not that of an Arabic word; though Esh-Shiháb, in his Expos. of the Shifè, denies this: its original is [the Pers\. word]

كَالَبٌ: (MF:) the pl. is قَوَالِبُ, (MA,) and قَوَالِيب is used by El-Hareeree to assimilate it to أَسَالِيب. (Har p. 23.) [A fanciful and false derivation of قَالِبٌ used in relation to a boot &c., as though it were of Arabic origin, is given in the O, and in Har p. 23.] b2: الكَلَامِ ↓ قَدْ رَدَّ قَالَِبَ وَقَدْ طَبَّقَ المَفْصِلَ وَوَضَعَ الهِنَآءَ مَوَاضِعَ النُّقْبِ [app. meaning (assumed tropical:) He has returned in reply the model, or pattern, of speech; and has hit the joint so as to sever the limb; (that is to say, has hit aright, or hit upon, the argument, proof, or evidence, agreeably with an explanation in art. طبق;) and has put the tar upon the places of the scabs;] is mentioned by Az as said of an eloquent man. (O, TA. * [The TA, in this art. and in art. طبق, has ورد (to which I cannot assign in this case any apposite meaning) instead of رَدَّ, the reading in the O.]) b3: And ↓ قَالَِبٌ, (O, L, TA,) with fet-h and with kesr to the ل, (L, TA,) signifies also A [clog, or] wooden sandal, (O, L, TA,) like the قَبْقَاب [q. v.]: in this sense likewise said to be an arabicized word: and قَوَالِيبُ is its pl., [properly قَوَالِبُ,] occurring in a trad., in which it is said that the women of the Children of Israel used to wear the wooden sandals thus called: (L, TA:) it is related in a trad. of Ibn-Mes'ood that the woman used to wear a pair of the kind of sandals thus called in order thereby to elevate herself (O, L, TA) when the men and the women of that people used to pray together. (O.) قَالِبٌ Red unripe dates: (S, O, Msb, K:) so in the dial. of Belhárith Ibn-Kaab: (El-Umawee, TA:) [app. an epithet in which the quality of a subst. is predominant; for بُسْرٌ قَالِبٌ:] or an unripe date when it has become wholly altered [in colour] is termed قَالِبٌ. (AHn, TA.) b2: and شَاةٌ قَالِبُ لَوْنٍ A ewe, or she-goat, of a colour different from that of her mother: (O, * K, TA:) occurring in a trad. (O, TA.) A2: See also قَالَبٌ, in three places.

أَقْلَبُ as an epithet applied to a man: and قَلْبَآءُ as an epithet applied to a lip (شَفَةٌ): see 1, near the end.

إِقلابية [app. إِقْلابِيَّةٌ] A sort of wind, from which sailors on the sea suffer injury, and fear for their vessels. (TA.) تَقَلُّبَاتٌ (assumed tropical:) Vicissitudes of fortune or of time.]

مِقْلَبٌ The iron implement with which the earth is turned over for sowing. (S, O, K.) مُقَلِّبُ القُلُوبِ (assumed tropical:) [The Turner of hearts: an epithet applied to God]. (TA in art. حرك, from a trad.) مَقْلُوبٌ pass. part. n. of قَلَبَ الشَّىْءَ. (A, O.) You say حَجَرٌ مَقْلُوبٌ [generally meaning A stone turned upside-down]. (A.) And سَرِيرٌ مَقْلُوبٌ i. e. [A couch-frame] of which the legs are turned upwards. (Mgh.) And كَلَامٌ مَقْلُوبٌ [A sentence, or the like, altered, or changed, in the order of its words, by inversion, or by any transposition]. (A.) And in like manner مقلوب is applied to a word: see 1, former half.

A2: Also a man attacked by a disease of the heart. (A.) And A camel attacked by the disease termed قُلَاب [q. v.]: (S, O, K:) fem. with ة. (S.) المَقْلُوبَةُ [A subst., rendered such by the affix ة,] The ear. (O, K.) مُتَقَلَّبٌ i. q. مُتَصَرَّفٌ (assumed tropical:) [Place, or room, or scope, for free action, &c.: see سرب: and see an ex. voce سَبَحَ]. (Jel. in xlvii. 21.) b2: See also the following paragraph, in two places.

مُنْقَلَبٌ An inf. n. of 7 [q. v.]. (S, O, K, TA.) b2: And also a n. of place from the same [ for which Freytag seems to have found in a copy of the S مُقَلَّبٌ, a mistranscription], (S, O, K, TA,) like مُنْصَرَفٌ. (TA.) [As a n. of place it signifies A place in which a thing, or person, is, or becomes, altered, or changed, from its, or his, mode, or manner, of being: and hence, a place in which a thing becomes inverted, or turned upside-down, &c. b3: Hence, also, (assumed tropical:) The final place to which one is translated, or removed, by death; and so ↓ مُتَقَلَّبٌ.] One says, كُلُّ أَحَد يَصِيرُ إِلَى مُنْقَلَبِهِ and ↓ مُتَقَلَّبِهِ (tropical:) [Every one reaches, or will reach, his final place to which he is to be translated, or removed]. (A.) b4: [And A place to which one returns from a journey &c.]

قصب

1 قَصَبَهُ, aor. ـِ (M, K,) inf. n. قَصْبٌ, (S, M, O,) He cut it, (S, * M, O, * K,) namely, a thing; (M;) as also ↓ اقتصبهُ. (M, K.) And قَصَبَ الشَّاةَ, (S, M, O, Msb, K,) aor. as above, (M, Msb,) and so the inf. n., (S, M, O, Msb,) said of the butcher, (O,) He cut up the sheep, or goat, into joints, or separate limbs: (S, O, Msb:) or he separated the [bones called] قَصَب of the sheep, or goat. (M, K.) b2: فُلَانٌ لَمْ يُقْصَبٌ meaning (tropical:) Such a one has not been circumcised, is from القَصْبُ signifying “ the act of cutting. ” (A.) b3: And قَصَبَهُ, (S, M, A, O, K,) aor. ـِ inf. n. قَصْبً; (M;) and ↓ قصّبهُ, (M, K,) inf. n. تَقْصِبٌ, (K,) (tropical:) He attributed, or imputed, to him, or accused him of, a vice, or fault, or the like; (S, M, A, O, K;) and reviled, or vilified, him; (M, A, K;) meaning he cut him with censure. (A.) A2: And قَصَبَهُ, (S, M, O, K,) namely, a camel, and [any] other [animal], (S, O,) or a man, (M, K,) and a beast, (M,) aor. and inf. n. as above, (M,) He stopped, or cut short, (S, O,) or prevented, (M, K,) his drinking, before he had satisfied his thirst. (S, M, O, K.) b2: And قَصَبَ شُرْبَهُ He (a camel) abstained from his drinking before he had satisfied his thirst: (ISk, S, O:) or قَصَبَ [alone], said of a camel, (As, M, K, TA,) aor. as above, inf. n. قَصْبٌ and قُصُوبٌ, (M, K,) he refused to drink: (As, TA:) or he abstained from drinking the water, raising his head from it, (M, K, TA,) before he had satisfied his thirst: (TA:) or, as some say, قُصُوبٌ signifies the satisfying of thirst by coming to the water &c. (M, TA.) b3: And قَصَبَ المَآءَ, aor. ـِ inf. n. قَصْبٌ, He (a camel) sucked up, or sucked in, the water. (M, TA.) A3: It seems to be applied in the S that قَصَبَ, aor. as above, also signifies He played upon a musical reed, or pipe. (MF.) 2 قَصَّبَ see the preceding paragraph.

A2: قصّب الزَّرْعُ, (S, M, O,) inf. n. تَقْصِيبٌ; (S;) and ↓ اقصب; (M;) The زرع [i. e. seed-produce, or wheat or the like,] produced its قَصَب [or jointed stalks, or culms:] (M:) this is the case after the تَفْرِيخ. (S, O. [See 2 in art. فرخ.]) [Hence the saying,] إِنِّى أَرَى الشَّرَّ قَصَّبَ (assumed tropical:) [Verily I see evil, or the evil, to have grown, like corn producing its culms]. (TA voce نَبَّبَ.) b2: And قصّب الشَّعَرَ, (M, K,) inf. n. تَقْصِيبٌ, (O, K,) (assumed tropical:) He twisted the locks of the hair [in a spiral form so that they became like hollow canes]: (M, K:) or قَصَّبَتْ شَعَرَهَا (tropical:) she (a woman) twisted the locks of her hair so that they became like قَصَب [i. e. hollow canes]: (A:) and (K) (assumed tropical:) he curled the hair; syn. جَعَّدَهُ. (O, K.) b3: And قصّبهُ, (ISh, TA,) inf. n. as above, (O, K,) He bound his hands to his neck, (ISh, O, K, TA,) namely, a man's: (ISh, TA:) [and app., in like manner, his fore-legs, namely, a sheep's or a goat's: sea قَصَّابٌ, last sentence.]4 اقصبهُ عِرْضَهُ (assumed tropical:) He empowered him to revile, or vilify, him. (M.) [Agreeably with an explanation of قَصَبَهُ in the A, mentioned above, it may rather be rendered (tropical:) He caused him to cut, with censure, or to wound, his honour, or reputation.]

A2: اقصب said of a pastor, (ISk, S, M, O, K,) [He performed his service ill, so that] his camels disliked, and refused to drink, the water; (ISk, M, K;) or, [so that] his camels abstained from drinking before they had satisfied their thirst. (S, O.) رَعَى فَأَقْصَبَ [He pastured, and performed his service ill, &c.,] is a prov., (S, M, O, K,) applied to a [bad] pastor; because, if he pasture the camels ill, they will not drink; (S, O, K;) for they drink only when they are satiated with the herbage: (S, O:) or, as Meyd says, it is applied to him who will not act sincerely, or honestly, and with energy, or vigour, in an affair which he has undertaken, so that he mars, or vitiates, it. (TA.) A3: اقصب said of a place, It produced reeds, or canes. (M, K.) b2: See also 2.8 إِقْتَصَبَ see 1, first sentence.

قُصْبٌ A gut; syn. مِعًى: (S, M, Mgh, O, K:) or all the أَمْعَآء [or guts]: or the guts [امعآء] that are in the lower part of the belly: TA:) pl. أَقْصَابٌ. (S. M, Mgh, O, K.) One says, هُوَ يَجُرُّ قُصْبَهُ [expl. by what here follows]. (S, O.) The Prophet said, respecting 'Amr Ibn-'Ámir El-Khurá'ee, who first set at liberty سَوَائِب [pl. of سَائِبَةٌ, q. v.], (O,) or respecting 'Amr Ibn-Kamee-ah, who first changed the religion of Ishmael, (TA,) رَأَيْتُهُ يَجُرُّ قُصْبَهُ فِى النُّارِ [I saw him dragging his guts in the fire of Hell]. (O, TA.) b2: El-Aashà in his saying وَشَاهِدُنَا الجُلَّ وَاليَاسَمِى

نُ وَالمُسْمِعَاتُ بِأَقْصَابِهَا means [The rose being present with us, and the jasmine, and the songstresses] with their chords of gut: or, as some relate it, (and as it is cited in the M,) he said ↓ بِقُصَّابِهَا, meaning with their musical reeds, or pipes. (S, O.) b3: And (tropical:) The middle of the body; metaphorically applied thereto: so in the saying of Imra-el-Keys, (S, O, L,) or, accord. to the people of El-Koofeh and ElBasrah, it is falsely ascribed to him, (O,) والقُصْبُ مُضْطَمِرٌ وَالمَتْنُ مَلْحُوبُ [And the middle of the body slender and lean, and the portion next the back-bone, on either side, smooth, and sloping downwards]. (S, O, L.) b4: And (assumed tropical:) The back. (O, K. [SM, not having found this in any lexicon but the K, supposed that الظَّهْرُ might be substituted in it for الخَصْرُ, which is not therein mentioned as a meaning of القُصْبُ.]) قَصَبٌ [a coll. gen. n., signifying Reeds, or canes; and the like, as the culms of corn, &c.; and sometimes signifying a reed, or cane, and the like, as meaning a species thereof;] any plant having (M, A, Mgh, Msb, K) its stem composed of (Mgh, Msb) أَنَابِيب [or internodial portions] (M, A, Mgh, Msb, K) and [their] كُعُوب [or connecting knots, or joints]; (Mgh, Msb;) [i. e. any kind, or species, of plant having a jointed stem;] i. q. أَبَآءٌ [a word comparatively little known]; (S; [in the O اَناء, a mistranscription;]) and [it is said that] ↓ قَصْبَآءُ signifies the same: (S, O: [but see what follows:]) the n. un. of the former is ↓ قَصَبَةٌ (S, M, Mgh, Msb, K) and ↓ قَصْبَاةٌ or ↓ قَصَبَاةٌ: (K accord. to different copies; the former accord. to the TA: [but each of these I believe to be a mistake for ↓ قَصُبْآءَةٌ, which is said to be a n. un. of قَصْبَآءُ, and therefore held by some to be syn. with قَصَبَةٌ:]) ↓ قَصْبَآءُ [appears, however, to differ somewhat from قَصَب, for it is said that it] signifies an assemblage of قَصَب; (M, K;) and its n. un. is ↓ قَصَبَةٌ and ↓ قَصْبَآءَةٌ [like حَلَفَةٌ and حَلْفَآءَةٌ which are both said to be ns. un. of حَلْفَآءٌ; and طَرَفَةٌ and طَرْفَآءَةٌ, said to be ns. un. of طَرْفَآءٌ; the former in each case anomalous]: (M: [see also Ham p. 201:]) or, accord. to Sb, ↓ قَصْبَآءُ is sing. and pl., (S, M, Mgh, O,) and so طَرْفَآءُ, (S, M, O,) and حَلْفَآءُ; (S, O;) as pl. and as sing. also having the sign of the fem. gender; therefore, when they mean to express the sing. signification, they add the epithet وَاحِدَةٌ; thus, and thus only, distinguishing the sing. meaning from the pl., and making a difference between a word of this class and a noun that denotes a pl. meaning and has not the sign of the fem. gender such as تَمْرٌ and بُسْرٌ, and such as أَرْطًى and عَلْقًى of which the ns. un. are أَرْطَاةٌ and عَلْقَاةٌ: (M:) or, as some say, ↓ قَصْبَآءُ signifies many قَصَب growing in a place: (Mgh:) and it signifies also a place in which قَصَب grow: (M, K:) [or] ↓ مَقْصَبَةٌ has this last meaning; (Mgh, Msb;) or signifies, like ↓ أَرْضٌ قَصِبَةٌ, a land having قَصَب. (M, K. *) b2: أَحْرَزَ قَصَبَ السَّبْقِ, (Msb,) or السَّبْقِ ↓ قَصَبَةَ, (TA,) [meaning (assumed tropical:) He won, or acquired, the canes, or cane, of victory in racing,] is said of the winner in horseracing: they used to set up, in the horse-course, a cane (قَصَبَة,) and he who outstripped plucked it up and took it, in order that he might be known to be the one who outstripped, without contention: this was the origin of the phrase: then, in consequence of frequency of usage, it was applied also to the expeditious, quick, and light, or active: (Msb, * TA:) [accord. to the TA, it is a tropical phrase, but perhaps it is so only when used in the latter way:] it is said in a trad. of Sa'eed Ibn-El-Ás, that he measured the horse-course with the cane, making it to be a hundred canes in length, and the cane was stuck upright in the ground at the goal, and he who was first in arriving at it took it, and was entitled to the stake. (O, TA. [See also مُقَصِّبٌ.]) b3: [The ↓ قَصَبَة here mentioned as A certain measure of length, used in measuring race-courses, was also used in other cases, in measuring land, and differed in different countries and in different times: accord. to some, it was ten cubits; thus nearly agreeing with our “ rod: ” (see جَرِيبٌ:) accord. to others, six cubits and a third of a cubit: (see فَدَّانٌ:) the modern Egyptian قَصَبَة, until it was reduced some years ago, was about twelve English feet and a half; its twentyfourth part, called قَبْضَةٌ, being the measure of a man's fist with the thumb erect, or about six inches and a quarter.] b4: القَصَبُ الفَارِسِىُّ [The Persian reed] is a kind whereof writing-reeds are made: (Mgh, Msb:) and another kind thereof is hard and thick; and of this kind are made musical reeds, or pipes; and with it houses, or chambers, are roofed. (Msb) One says, قَصَبُ الخطِّ أَنْفَذُ مِنْ قَصَبِ الخَطِّ [meaning Writingreeds are more penetrating, or effective, than the canes of El-Khatt (which are spears); i. e., words wound more than spears]. (A, TA.) b5: قَصَبُ السُّكَّرِ is well-known [as meaning The sugar-cane]: (Msb:) this is of three kinds; white and yellow and black: of the first and second, but not of the third, the juice [of which sugar is made] is expressed; and this expressed juice is called عَسَلُ القَصَبِ. (Mgh.) b6: قَصَبُ الذَّرِيرَةِ [is Calamus aromaticus; also called قَصَبُ الطِّيبِ]: a species thereof has the joints near together, and breaks into many fragments, or splinters, and the internodial portions thereof are filled with a substance like spiders' webs: when chewed, it has an acrid taste, and it is aromatic (Mgh, Msb) when brayed, or powdered; (Mgh;) and inclines to yellowness and whiteness. (Mgh, Msb. [See also ذَرِيرَةٌ, in art. ذر.]) b7: قَصَبٌ also signifies (assumed tropical:) Any round and hollow bone [or rather bones]; (S, O;) it is pl. [or rather a coll. gen. n.] of which ↓ قَصَبَةٌ is the sing. [or n. un,], this latter signifying any bone containing marrow; (M, K;) thus called by way of comparison [to the reed, or cane]. (M.) b8: And (tropical:) The bones of the يَدَانِ and رِجْلَانِ [i. e. arms and legs, or hands and feet, but here app. meaning the latter], (A, Msb,) and the like: (Msb:) [or] (assumed tropical:) the [phalanges, or] bones of the fingers and toes; (M, K, * TA;) (tropical:) the bones whereof there are three in each finger and two in the thumb [and the like in the feet]; (A, TA;) and Zj says, the bones of the أَصَابِع [or fingers and toes] which are also called سُلَامَى: (Msb in art. سلم:) or, as some say, the portions between every two joints of the أَصَابِع: (M, TA:) and الأَصَابِعِ ↓ قَصَبَةُ [or قَصَبُةُ الإِصْبَعِ] signifies the أَنْمَلَة [here perhaps meaning the ungual phalanx] of the finger or toe. (Msb, TA.) b9: And (assumed tropical:) The bones and veins of a wing. (MF.) b10: [And (assumed tropical:) Quills: thus in the phrase صَارَ الرِّيشُ قَصَبًا, in the K, voce أَنُوقٌ, meaning The feathers became quills: n. un. ↓ قَصَبَةٌ: see صَنَمَةٌ.] b11: And (tropical:) [The bronchi;] the branches of the windpipe; (M, K;) and outlets of the breath; (K;) [i. e.] القَصَبُ, (S, M, O,) or فَصَبُ الرِّئَةِ, (A, Msb,) signifies the ducts (عُرُوق) of the lungs; (S, A, O, Msb;) through which the breath passes forth. (S, M, A, O, Msb.) [See حَلْقٌ.] b12: And (assumed tropical:) Any things made of silver, and of other material, resembling [in form] the kind of round and hollow bone [or bones] thus called: n. un. ↓ قَصَبَةٌ. (S, O.) And (assumed tropical:) Jewels (S, M, K) having the form of tubes (أَنَابِيب), (S,) or oblong, (M, K,) and hollow. (M.) b13: And (assumed tropical:) Brilliant pearls, and brilliant chrysolites, interset with jacinths. (IAar, O, K.) So in the saying, in a trad., (O, K,) related as uttered by Gabriel, (O,) [cited in the S app. as an ex. of the meaning next preceding this last,] بَشِّرْ خَدِيجَةَ بِبَيْتِ فِى الجَنَّةِ مِنْ قَصَبٍ (IAar, O, K) i. e. [Rejoice thou Khadeejeh by the announcement of] a pavilion [in Paradise] of brilliant pearls, &c.: (IAar, O:) or the meaning is, of hollow pearls [or pearl], spacious, like the lofty palace: (IAth, TA:) or of emerald: (TA voce بَيْتٌ:) and it is said by some to convey an allusion to Khadeejeh's acquiring what is termed قَصَبُ السَّبْقِ [expl. above], because she was the first person, or the first of women, who embraced El-Islám. (MF, TA.) b14: And (tropical:) Fine, thin, or delicate, (S, O,) or soft, (M, Msb, K,) garments, or cloths, of linen: (S, M, O, Msb, K:) a single one thereof is called ↓ قَصَبِىٌّ. (M, O, Msb, K.) One says, مَعَ فُلَانٍ قَصَبُ صَنْعَآءَ وَقَصَبُ مِصْرَ (tropical:) [In the possession of such a one are]

قَصَب [meaning the cylindrical, or oblong, hollow pieces] of carnelian [of San'à], and قَصَب [meaning the fine, or soft, garments, or cloths,] of linen [of Egypt]. (A.) b15: Also (tropical:) The channels by which water flows from the springs, or sources: (S, M, A, O, K:) or the channels by which the water of a well flows from the springs, or sources: (As, T, TA:) n. un. ↓ قَصَبَةٌ. (M.) And قَصَبُ البَطْحَآءِ (assumed tropical:) The waters [of the kind of water-course called بطحآء (q. v.)] that run to the springs, or sources, of the wells. (As, S, O.) Aboo-Dhueyb says, أَقَامَتْ بِهِ فَابْتَنَتْ خَيْمَةً

عَلَى قَصَبٍ وَفُرَاتٍ نَهَرْ (As, S, M, O,) meaning She remained [in it, and constructed for herself a booth, or a tent,] amid wells and sweet water that flowed copiously. (As, S, O.) b16: See also قَصَبَةٌ below, in the next paragraph.

A2: القَصَبُ is also a name for The ewe. (O.) b2: And قَصَبْ قَصَبْ is A call to the ewe (O, K) to be milked. (O.) قَصَبَةٌ: see the next preceding paragraph, in nine places. b2: [It also, app., signifies The caneroll of a loom: see نِيرٌ. b3: And, app., (assumed tropical:) The mouth, which has the form of a short cylinder, in the middle of the upper part, of the kind of leathern water-bag called مَزَادَة: see خُرْتَةٌ.] b4: (tropical:) The bone of the nose; قَصَبَةُ الأَنْفِ signifying the nasal bone. (S, A.) b5: [And (assumed tropical:) The shaft of a well.] You say بِئْرٌ مُسْتَقِيمَةُ القَصَبَةِ (assumed tropical:) [A well of which the shaft is straight]. (TA.) b6: and (tropical:) A well recently dug. (M, K, TA.) b7: and (tropical:) The interior part of a country or town; (A;) and of a قَصْر [i. e. pavilion, or palace]; (M, A, K;) and of a fortress; (A:) or of a fortress containing a building or buildings; or the middle of such a fortress, (TA,) and of a town or village: (S, L, Msb, TA: [Golius, reading قِرْيَة قَرْيَة, assigns to it also the signification of the “ middle of a water-skin: ”]) or a قَصْر [i. e. pavilion, or palace,] itself; (M, K;) and [a fortress itself, or] a fortified castle such as is occupied by a commander and his forces: (TA in art. خوج:) and a town or village [itself]: (M, K:) and the حَرِيم [as meaning interior, or middle,] of a house. (T and TA in art. حرم.) Also A city: (K:) or the [chief] city (S, M, Msb) of the Sawád, (S,) or, [by a general application,] of a country: (M, Msb:) or the chief, or main, part (M, K) of a city (M) or of cities. (K: but in the TA this last meaning is given as the explanation of الأَمْصَارِ ↓ قَصَبُ.) b8: See also قَصِيبَةٌ, in two places: b9: and see قِصَابٌ.

أَرْضٌ قَصِبَةٌ: see قَصَبٌ, first quarter.

قَصْبَآءُ: see قَصَبٌ, first quarter, in four places.

قَصْبَاةٌ or قَصَبَاةٌ: see قَصَبٌ, first sentence.

قَصْبَآءَةٌ: see قَصَبٌ, first sentence, in two places.

قَصَبِىٌّ: see قَصَبٌ, last quarter.

قِصَابٌ, (so in the K, there said to be like كِتَابٌ,) or ↓ قِصَابَةٌ, (so in the M and L,) A dam that is constructed in the place that has been eaten away by water, [for لَجْف in the CK, and لِحْف in other copies of the K, (in the place of which I find لُهْج in a copy of the M, app. a mistranscription,) I read, and thus render لَجَف, supposing it to mean such a place in the side of a rivulet for irrigation,] lest the torrent should collect itself together from every place, and consequently the border of the rivulet for irrigation of the garden of palm-trees [thus I render عِرَاقُ الحَائِطِ (see art. عرق)] should become demolished. (M, K.) b2: And قِصَابٌ signifies دِبَارٌ: (so accord. to a copy of the M:) or دِيَارٌ: (so in copies of the K:) [the former I think to be the preferable reading; but its meaning is doubtful: accord. to the K it signifies Small channels for irrigation between tracts of seed-produce; and ISd says the like: accord. to AHn, patches of sown ground: see more voce دَبْرٌ: it is a pl.,] and the sing. is ↓ قَصَبَةٌ. (M, K.) قَصُوبٌ A sheep or goat that one shears. (O, K.) قَصِيبٌ, applied to a he-camel, (M, TA,) and likewise to a she-camel, (TA, [but this I think doubtful, as it has the meaning of an act. (not pass.) part. n.,]) That sucks up, or sucks in, the water. (M, TA.) b2: See also قَاصِبٌ.

قِصَابَةٌ The art of playing upon the musical reed, or pipe. (S, O.) b2: [And] The craft, or occupation, of the butcher. (M, Msb.) A2: See also قِصَابٌ.

قَصِيبَةٌ: see قُصَّابَةٌ. b2: Also, and ↓ قُصَّابَةٌ, (S, M, O, K,) and ↓ قَصَبَةٌ, (Lth, M, K,) and ↓ تَقْصِيبَةٌ, (M, O, K,) and ↓ تَقْصِبَةٌ, (M, K,) (tropical:) A lock of hair having a [spiral] twisted form [so as to be like a hollow cane]: (Lth, M, K:) or a pendent lock of hair that is twisted so as to curl [in a spiral form]; not plaited: (S, O:) or قَصِيبَةٌ signifies a lock of hair that curls naturally so as to be like a hollow cane; (A;) and its pl. is قَصَائِبٌ: (S, A:) [and,] accord. to Lth, such is termed ↓ قَصَبَةٌ (TA) [and app. ↓ قُصَّابَةٌ also]: and ↓ تَقْصِيبَةٌ, (Lth, A, TA,) of which the pl. is تَقَاصِيبُ, (Lth, A, O, TA,) signifies such as is twisted and made to curl by a woman; (Lth, * A, TA;) [and so, app., ↓ تَقْصِبَةٌ;] i. e., such as, being [naturally] lank, is curled by means of canes and thread. (A.) قَصَّابٌ A blower in reeds or canes (نَافِخٌ فِى

القَصَبِ); as also ↓ قَاصِبٌ. (M, K. [In the former, this explanation is given in such a manner as plainly shows that it is meant to be understood as being distinct from that which next follows: but I incline to think that the two explanations are taken from different sources and have one and the same application.]) And (M, K) A player on the musical reed, or pipe; (AA, S, M, O, K;) and so ↓ قَاصِبٌ. (S, O.) Ru-beh says, (S, M, O, TA,) describing an ass, (S, O, TA,) braying, (TA,) فِى جَوْفِهِ وَحْىٌ كَوَحْىِ القَصَّابْ [In his chest is, or was, a sound like the sound of the player on the musical reed]. (S, M, O, TA.) b2: and A butcher; (S, M, O, Msb, K;) as also ↓ قَاصِبٌ: (M, K:) so called from قَصَبَ in the first of the senses expl. in this art.; (M, O, Msb, TA;) or because he takes the sheep or goat by its قَصَبَة, i. e. its shank-bone; (M, TA;) or because he cleanses the أَفْصَاب, or guts, of the belly; or from قَصَّبَهُ signifying as expl. in the last sentence of the second paragraph of this article. (O, TA.) قُصَّابٌ: see قُصَّابَهٌ, in two places.

قَصَّابَةٌ (O, K, accord. to my MS. copy of the K قُصَّابَةٌ [which is wrong]) لِلنَّاسِ (O) (tropical:) One who reviles men, vilifies them, or defames them, much: (O, K:) [or, very much; for] the ة is added to render the epithet [doubly] intensive. (O.) [See 1, third sentence.]

قُصَّابَةٌ, (S, O, and so accord. to my MS copy of the K, accord. to other copies of the K قَصَّابَةٌ [which is wrong,]) with damm and teshdeed, (S,) An internodial portion of a reed or cane; such a portion thereof as intervenes between two joints, or knots; syn. أَنْبُوبَةٌ; (S, O, K;) [a n. un. of the coll. gen. n. ↓ قُصَّابٌ;] and ↓ قَصِيبَةٌ, (O, K,) of which the pl. is قَصَائِبُ, (TA,) signifies the same. (O, K.) b2: And A musical reed, or pipe; syn. مِزْمَارٌ: (S, M, K:) pl. [or rather coll. gen. n.] ↓ قُصَّابٌ. (S, M, O.) See an ex. of the latter in a verse of El-Aashà (accord. to one relation thereof) cited voce قُصْبٌ. (S, M, O.) b3: See also قَصِيبَةٌ, in two places.

قَاصبٌ, applied to a he-camel and a she-camel, (ISk, S, M, O, K,) Abstaining from drinking before having satisfied thirst: (ISk, S, O:) or abstaining from drinking the water, and raising the head from it; (M, K;) and so ↓ قَصيبٌ, likewise applied to the he-camel and the she-camel: (K: [but this latter I think doubtful:]) or a camel (بَعِيرٌ) refusing to drink: (As, TA:) and ↓ مُقْتَصِبَةٌ is also said to be applied to a she-camel. (TA.) A2: And A raiser, or grower, of قَصَب [i. e. reeds, or canes]. (Mgh.) b2: See also قَصَّابٌ, in two places. b3: Also (assumed tropical:) Sounding thunder: (M:) and a cloud in which is thunder and lightning: (As, TA:) or, accord. to As, a cloud in which is thunder; (O;) [and] so says Az; (TA;) likened to a player on a musical reed, or pipe. (O, TA.) b4: And دِرَّةٌ قَاصِبَةٌ (assumed tropical:) A stream of milk coming forth easily (M, O) from the teat of the udder (O) as though it were a rod of silver. (M, O.) b5: See, again, قَصَّابٌ, last sentence.

تَقْصِبَةٌ and تَقْصِيبَةٌ: see قَصِيبَةٌ; each in two places.

مَقْصَبَةٌ: see قَصَبٌ, first quarter.

مُقَصَّبٌ (tropical:) Hair curled in the manner expl. above, voce قَصِيبَةٌ. (S, A, O.) b2: And (assumed tropical:) A garment, or piece of cloth, folded. (Msb.) مُقَصِّبٌ (tropical:) One who wins, or acquires, the canes of the contest for victory (in racing يُحْرِزُ قَصَبَ السِّبَاقِ, A, O, K, TA, in the CK قَصَبَاتِ السِّباقِ) [i. e. in horse-racing]: and (tropical:) a fleet horse, that outstrips others. (A.) b2: And (assumed tropical:) Milk upon which the froth is thick. (O, K.) مِقْصَابٌ may mean A place abounding with قَصَب [i. e. reeds, or canes]; like as مِعْشَابٌ means“ a place abounding with [herbage of the kind termed] عُشْب. ” (Ham p. 490.) مُقْتَصِبَهٌ: see قَاصِبٌ.

قنطر

Q. 1 قَنْطَرَ الشّىْءِ i. q. عَقَدَــهُ وَأَحْكَمَهُ [He tied, or knit, the thing; or, agreeably with modern usage, he arched, or vaulted, it; and made it firm, or strong]. (Zj.) Hence what is called a قَنْطَرَة is thus called because of its being firmly, or strongly, knit together, or arched, or vaulted, لِإِحْكَامِ عَقْدِــهَا. (MF.) [It seems to signify He compacted the thing. b2: Also, He collected the thing together into one aggregate; he aggregated it. See the pass. part. n., below.]

A2: قَنْطَرَ He (a man, TA) possessed property by the قِنْطَار: (K:) or became possessed of a قنطار of property: (TA:) or possessed large property, as though it were weighed by the قنطار. (ISd, TA.) 2 تَقَنْطَرَ بِهِ فَرَسُهُ, for تَقَطَّرَ به: see قَطَّرَهُ.

قَنْطَرَةٌ [accord. to the Msb, of the measure فَنْعَلَةٌ, belonging to art. قطر, the ن being augmentative; and the same is perhaps meant to be indicated by the place in which it is mentioned in the S and some other lexicons; but accord. to the K, the ن is a radical letter; A bridge;] what is built over water, for crossing or passing over (Mgh, Msb) upon it; (Msb;) an أَزَج [or oblong arched or vaulted structure], built with backed bricks or with stones, over water, upon which to cross or pass over: (Az, TA:) or i. q. جِسْرٌ: (S, K:) or this latter is a more common term; (Mgh, * Msb;) for it signifies that which is built and that which is not built: (Msb:) a lofty structure: (K:) [pl. قَنَاطِرُ.] See 1.

قِنْطَارٌ [accord. to the Msb, of the measure فِنْعَالٌ, belonging to art. قطر, the ن being augmentative; and the same is perhaps meant to be indicated by the place in which it is mentioned in the S and some other lexicons; but accord. to the K, the ن is a radical letter;] A certain مِعْيَار [or standard of weight or measure]: (S, TA:) or, accord. to some, a quantity of no determinate weight: (Msb:) or a large unknown quantity or aggregate, of property: (TA:) or much property heaped up: (Msb:) or four thousand deenárs: (Th, Msb:) this is what most of the Arabs hold to be the truth: (Th:) or four thousand dirhems: (Th:) or one thousand two hundred ookeeyehs: (A 'Obeyd, S, K:) so accord. to Mo'ádh Ibn-Jebel: (S:) or [which is the same] a hundred ritls: (Msb:) [this is its weight in the present day; i. e., a hundredweight, or a hundred pounds:] or a hundred ritls of gold or of silver: (Es-Suddee, K:) or a hundred and twenty ritls: (S, L:) or a thousand ookeeyehs of gold: or of silver: (Th:) or twelve thousand ookeeyehs, accord. to Aboo-Hureyreh, on the authority of the Prophet: (TA:) or a hundred ookeeyehs of gold: or of silver: (Th:) or a hundred mithkáls; (I 'Ab, Msb, TA;) the mith-kál being twenty keeráts: (I 'Ab, TA:) or forty ookeeyehs of gold: (K:) or one thousand two hundred deenárs: (K:) or one thousand one hundred deenárs: (L:) or seventy thousand deenárs: (K:) or, in the language of Barbar, a thousand mithkáls of gold or of silver: (TA:) or eighty thousand dirhems: (I 'Ab, K:) or a hundred dirhems: (Msb:) or a hundred menns: (Msb:) or a quantity of gold, (S, K,) or of silver, (K,) sufficient to fill a bull's hide: (S, K:) so in the Syriac language, accord. to Es-Suddee: (TA:) and there are other definitions of the word: (S:) pl. قَنَاطِيرُ. (S.) مُقَنْطَرٌ Collected together into one aggregate; aggregated; made up; or completed; syn. مُكَمَّلٌ. (K.) You say قَنَاطِيرُ مُقَنْطَرَةٌ, (S,) meaning, Much riches collected together: (Jel. in iii. 12:) the latter word is a corroborative. (Bd. ibid.) قنع قنف See Supplement